Podcast Editors Mastermind: Recent Episodes
Bryan Entzminger, Carrie Caulfield Arick, Daniel Abendroth, Jennifer Longworth
Are you a podcast editor?
The Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts.
Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work!
Click that subscribe button and take the Podcast Editors Mastermind with you today!
Aren't all podcast apps the same? Not in the least!
The most used features in podcast apps from our brief July 2026 survey were:
- 52% adjust playback speed
- 48% said "Notifications of new episodes"
- 48% also said they use Chapters
- 44% like the Auto-Delete of completed episodes
- 33% read along with the transcripts
- 26% utilize a Smart Playlist feature
- 25% set a timer
- 18% have their app boost vocals or do loudness normalization
- 14% said micropayments like Boostagrams and streaming sats were important
Jenn Trepeck, Daniel J Lewis, Dave Jackson, and Martin Lindeskog join us for a conversation about these apps and some of the cool features they offer.
Key moments:(04:53) Most used podcast apps
(07:55) Listening at faster speeds
(09:45) Notifications & auto-delete
(11:47) Smart Playlists
(14:17) The "Bookmark" feature Dave Jackson loves ❤️
(16:28) Uploading mp3s for review
(19:20) Podcast Chapters
(24:40) Transcripts
(35:05) YouTube as a podcast consumption app
(49:18) Why this matters for Podcast Editors
Our Guests:Daniel J Lewisis a Hall of Fame Inductee, podcasting educator, advocate, and innovator who started podcasting in 2007.
He has created numerous resources for podcasting, such as PodChapters.com and the *Podgagement service to help podcasters supercharge their podcast engagement - and hosts The Audacity To Podcast.
Daniel also co-founded International Podcast Day and is deeply involved in helping innovate the podcasting industry through Podcasting 2.0.
Dave Jackson, also a Hall of Fame Inductee, is Head of Podcasting at Podpage and has been running the School of Podcasting for more than 20 years.
He's spoken at numerous events, ran New Media Expo in 2014, and authored the book "Profit From Your Podcast".
Jenn Trepeck created her own health and wellness enterprise almost 20 years ago and offers Optimal Health Coaching. She also hosts "Salad With a Side of Fries" and authored the book "Uncomplicating Wellness: Ditch the Rules, Quiet the Noise, Reclaim Your Life".
Martin Lindeskog: A blogger since 2002 and podcaster since 2006, Martin is a New Media Advisor at TeaParty.Media and authored "Tea Book Sketches: Ideas And Notions About The Second Most Popular Beverage In The World".
Find all his shows, resources, and send him some Satoshis: https://bio.link/lyceum - or find him on TrueFans.fm: https://truefans.fm/fans/lyceum
☕️ Send Martin a direct message on LinkedIn, or an email message and tell him what you thought about the episode > he will send you a coffee or tea sample, FOC (free of charge).
______________________________
Tools we used:*Riverside.fm to RECORDWe used Riverside to record this episode.
PodChapters.com for ChaptersOf course we had to use PodChapters.com to make chapters for this one!
Captivate.fm for our podcast MEDIA HOSTCaptivate offers amazing features for a low monthly price, including full control of dynamic insertion*, embedded chapters, and Blocks/Shortcodes to quickly add content to show notes (either static or dynamically!)
*Use of the above affiliate links may earn us a commission, which is used to support the efforts of this show. Thank you in advance for your support!
______________________________
Mentioned in this episode:
The Podcast Editor Academy
Get access to Steve Stewart's 35+ years of small business experience and decade of learning inside the Podcast Editor Academy - PLUS:-Weekly Challenges via email-Windshield University with our Private Podcast-Office Hours
Podcast Editor Academy
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
130: Podcasters should STOP focusing on the wrong things - and put that time and effort into the right things.
Our panel discusses several things we see our clients doing that could be better spent in areas that will make their shows more successful.
Do you agree with the Top 5 Things we shared? We certainly didn't agree with each other...why should you? 😁
Key moments:(03:36) Stop Chasing AI & Video Views
(06:16) Beyond Downloads and Video Stress
(08:36) Video Engagement vs. Audio Depth
(12:49) Video’s Flexibility and Challenges
(17:32) Rethinking Episode Descriptions & Titles
(21:50) Beware of Low-Cost CPM Ads
(28:01) Editing Transcripts for Discovery by AI
(35:36) Be Memorable and Entertaining
(43:02) Analytics Over Downloads
(45:52) Intentional Replays & SEO
(49:24) Clarifying Your Podcast Strategy
Resources mentioned in the show: Audiobook by Tom Webster - The Audience Is Listening: A Little Guide to Building a Big Podcast * Study on Podcast Trailers* - A Playbook for Producing Successful Teasers
Our guests:Jason Soderberg aka PodVader is currently the VP of Podcast Operations and Production at the Cumulus Podcast Network. He first started all the way back in 2004 as the Producer who created the ESPN platform of podcasts.
In between, he’s served as the Head of Content for BlogTalkRadio/Spreaker/VoxNest - pioneering Dynamic Ad Insertion, the Locked On Network - continuing his passion for sports podcasts, and independent consulting.
...A rare bird who’s worked in both corporate and independent podcasting since the inception of the media.
🔎 Find him at https://cumuluspodcastnetwork.com
Andrea Klunder is the founder, media strategist, and lead producer-editor of The Creative Impostor Studios, a boutique agency producing award-winning audio documentary and podcast experiences for artists, organizations, and industry leaders dedicated to cultural impact. She has developed and produced shows for The Santa Fe Opera, New Mexico Department of Cultural Affairs, and Del Sol Quartet, whose first season was an Official Selection at the Tribeca Festival.
Andrea facilitates Power Your Story, a high school mentoring program and podcast produced by neurodiverse students in Chicago, which was a finalist for the Google Creators program in 2019, and has been a featured speaker and trainer for Podcast Movement, Podfest, She Podcasts Live, the University of Florida, Opera America Education Forum, After School Matters, and many, many podcasts. Her mission is to help your voice shine!
🤫 Andrea’s secret podcast featuring voice memos about strategic insights and podcasting skills https://app.helloaudio.fm/feed/3d09b4d6-fddf-4a2c-8338-ac295c32666e/signup
Lou Bartone helps smart business owners use AI to save time, simplify marketing, and create better content without sounding like a malfunctioning robot in a rented blazer.
As a former Hollywood TV executive, video marketing expert, and Certified AI Consultant, Lou brings strategy, storytelling, and practical AI know-how to entrepreneurs who want results without the tech-induced migraine.
Tired of asking ChatGPT for content ideas and getting back a bowl of digital oatmeal? Join the AI Playground for just $11/month. 👉 https://loubortone.com/AIP
______________________________
Tools we used:*Riverside.fm to RECORD
*WhisperTranscribe for SHOW NOTES
PodChapters for EMBEDDED CHAPTERS
*Captivate.fm for our podcast MEDIA HOST
*Use of the above affiliate links may earn us a commission, which is used to support the efforts of this show. Thank you in advance for your support!
______________________________
Mentioned in this episode:
The Podcast Editor Academy
Get access to Steve Stewart's 35+ years of small business experience and decade of learning inside the Podcast Editor Academy - PLUS:-Weekly Challenges via email-Windshield University with our Private Podcast-Office Hours
Podcast Editor Academy
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
129: What do you wish you know when first starting to edit podcasts for clients?
Our panel shares their thoughts about undercharging, their lack of marketing, and a "trap" that many of us have fallen into.
Key moments:* Estimate and bill for editing time to avoid undercharging and ensure profitability * Develop a marketing strategy and a strong portfolio to attract clients * Define your niche and offer strategic consultation alongside editing services * Establish clear contracts with trial periods and retainers * Leverage built-in software features rather than overspending on plugins * Prioritize continuous learning and adaptation to industry changes
__________________________
Our PanelistsAbout Andrea Klunder:
Andrea is the founder of The Creative Impostor Studios, a boutique agency producing award winning media for artists, organizations, and creative leaders.
...and she's also back with a wardrobe change.
Book a free 30 minute podcasting business consultation: bit.ly/podbizwithandrea
About Bill Stewart:
Bill has been in radio and production since 1989. Podcast Production is a side gig for his network job for companies like intuit/Quickbooks and Total Babble podcast.
Find samples of Bill's work at soundcloud.com/getstew or reach him at getstew@yahoo.com
About Chris Duckett:
Chris is a seasoned podcast editor with over 7 years of professional experience, specializing in video podcasts. He has mastered three audiobooks and contributed to a wide range of audio and video production projects.
Connect with him at duckettproductionservices.com
Resources mentioned in the show: Audiobook: Profit First by Mike Michalowicz * Podcast episode: Profit First with Carol Rivera * Course: Profit First for Podcast Editors (includes template) * Plugin suite: iZotope RX * Plugin: Waves WLP Plus Loudness Meter * Plugin: Waves Vocal Rider® * Plugin: Soothe 3 * AI Sound Engineer: Auphonic * Video capture & editing:* Riverside.fm
______________________________
Tools we used to produce this episode:*Riverside.fm to RECORDWe used Riverside to record this episode and create video shorts for marketing the show.
*WhisperTranscribe for SHOW NOTESWhisperTranscribe assisted in the crafting of this episode description. It probably saved me 30 minutes by providing a summary and a list of chapters.
PodChapters for marking chapters in MP3:PodChapters helps you create chapters and embed them into the MP3 - plus incorporate them into the RSS feed and show notes.
Captivate.fm for our podcast MEDIA HOSTWe use Captivate to host the podcast. Captivate offers amazing features for a low monthly price, including full control of dynamic insertion*, embedded chapters, and Blocks/Shortcodes to quickly add content to show notes (either static or dynamically!)
*Use of the above affiliate links may earn us a commission, which is used to support the efforts of this show. Thank you in advance for your support!
______________________________
Mentioned in this episode:
The Podcast Editor Academy
Get access to Steve Stewart's 35+ years of small business experience and decade of learning inside the Podcast Editor Academy - PLUS:-Weekly Challenges via email-Windshield University with our Private Podcast-Office Hours
Podcast Editor Academy
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
128: Do filler words matter?
Tom Hanson found several key findings from research and industry data that shows filler words do matter!
"Episodes with >4 filler words per minute saw 18–22% higher drop-off rate in the first 10 minutes compared to “clean” episodes" according to a Riverside listener study.
How can you and I use this knowledge to convince potential clients that it's worth paying us to remove filler words?
We discuss the impact of filler words on the success of podcasts in this episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind Show.
👉 Stick around to the end for the post-production process Steve used to get excited about editing this interview.
Key moments:* The perception of editing out fillers has changed * Research on the Impact of Filler Words in Podcasts * Convincing Clients to Pay for Editing
Resources mentioned in the show: Study: Impact of Filler Words on Listener Engagement * Service: Audiocore Edit Assist (try for free) https://www.knvpstudios.com/audiocore * List of Crutches*: Unnecessary Words in a Podcast https://stevestewart.me/unnecessary-words-in-a-podcast
About Tom Hanson:Tom started KNVP Studios in 2014 and has offering his services in the professional television, film and audio/video business for over 30 years.
He has a Bachelor of Arts degree in Communications, with a minor in Audio Recording and Music Synthesis and has worked with the biggest studios in the world such as MGM, Sony Pictures, MTV, and HBO, and countless others in state-of-the-art facilities.
Tom also created "Audiocore Edit Assist", which is a service that creates marker files for Audition, Reaper, Hindenburg, and Audacity: https://www.knvpstudios.com/audiocore
__________________________
Chapters:
(00:00) Stay to the End for Post-production Processes
(01:43) Has Editing Fillers Changed?
(08:01) Research on Filler Words
(12:46) Editors Are More Sensitive to Fillers
(15:32) Convincing Clients to Pay for Editing
(20:04) How Audiocore Edit Assist Works
(23:20) How This Episode Was Edited Differently
(26:41) Send me YOUR Workflow Process!
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
127: Carrie Caulfield is back to give a behind-the-scenes look at what it actually takes to grow beyond "just" editing.
She talks about how she went from editing simple interview shows to landing a major role with the Legal Media Network—all sparked by a note in the Podcast Editors Club Facebook group with a pitch. Carrie didn’t wait until she felt “ready.” Instead, she kept saying yes to opportunities, learning as she went, and building her confidence through experience rather than formal training.
As her career progressed, she naturally moved beyond editing into storytelling, production, and eventually leadership. Now, she’s overseeing large-scale operations, managing teams, and helping shape content for hundreds of clients. Through it all, she keeps coming back to the same idea: growth comes from being willing to figure things out, even when you’re unsure. Her journey is a reminder that skills build on each other, and if you stay curious and open to stretching yourself, you can turn a small starting point into something much bigger.
Key moments:* Carrie secured her current role by proactively pitching herself * She transitioned into narrative storytelling and full-scale production work * Her experience shows that editing skills can evolve into broader storytelling and leadership capabilities * She now oversees production for nearly 200 clients, managing teams, workflows, and content strategy * A major success factor has been willingness to learn on the fly and take on challenges without waiting for formal training
Resources mentioned in the show:* Carrie Caulfield, Director of Production, The Legal Media Network * @TheCarrieCaulfield (IG, Threads) * https://carriecaulfield.notion.site
Our Editor for this episode:This episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show (audio and/or video)
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
126: What are the biggest podcasts doing?
Megan Dougherty of One Stone Creative shares information from their research into the trends and best practices of the top 100 Business Podcasts.
Key topics:* Churn: Nearly 48% of top 100 business pods are new to the list * Branding visuals and colors * Format/structure and show length * How many have video and go “video first”? * Websites and show notes
Resources mentioned in the show:* Download the Report https://onestonecreative.net/Report * The Podcasting for Business Book (free): https://podcastingforbusiness.com * Stephen Robles' article: https://beard.fm/blog/goodbye-podcasts-hello-shows
About Megan Dougherty:Megan is the co-founder of One Stone Creative and author of Podcasting for Business: How to Create a Show That Makes a Bottom-Line Difference for Your Company. As a digital marketing strategist with a background in online business development, she has had the opportunity over the years to work with hundreds of business owners in a huge variety of industries. One Stone Creative specializes in limited release practically done-for-you podcast seasons, and ongoing audio and video shows for expert business owners.
Website: https://OneStoneCreative.net
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/doughertymegan
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@onestonecreative
TikTok: https://www.tiktok.com/@oscpodcasting
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/oscpodcasting/reels
______________________________
Tools we used:*StreamYard to RECORDThanks to Sam Bhattacharyya for lending us his StreamYard account, which was used for the live stream. Check out Sam's free resources: katana.video, free.cropzoom.video, and free.upscaler.video
PodChapters for ChaptersPodChapters helped me create chapter titles and embed chapter timestamps into the mp3, which are used in some of the most popular podcast apps.
Captivate.fm for our podcast MEDIA HOSTCaptivate offers amazing features for a low monthly price, including full control of dynamic insertion*, embedded chapters, and Blocks/Shortcodes to quickly add content to show notes (either static or dynamically!).
*Use of the above affiliate links may earn us a commission, which is used to support the efforts of this show. Thank you in advance for your support!
______________________________
Mentioned in this episode:
The Podcast Editor Academy
Get access to Steve Stewart's 35+ years of small business experience and decade of learning inside the Podcast Editor Academy - PLUS:-Weekly Challenges via email-Windshield University with our Private Podcast-Office Hours
Podcast Editor Academy
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
125: In the ever-evolving podcast industry, attending big podcons events can be pivotal for creators and service providers alike.
Chad Parizman shares his experience from the new Podcast Movement SXSW event in March 2026.
I ask Chad:
- What was different?
- How much did he spend?
- Was it worth it?
- Will he go again?
About Chad ParizmanChad provides Podcast Production and Strategy for brands and organizations. Connect with him at https://www.adercommunications.com or on LinkedIn
______________________________
Tools we used:*Riverside.fm to RECORDWe used Riverside to record this episode and edit the video version.
Captivate.fm for our podcast MEDIA HOSTCaptivate offers amazing features for a low monthly price, including full control of dynamic insertion*, embedded chapters, and Blocks/Shortcodes to quickly add content to show notes (either static or dynamically!)
*Use of the above affiliate links may earn us a commission, which is used to support the efforts of this show. Thank you in advance for your support!
______________________________
What was different about the post-production?Email Steve@PodcastEditorAcademy.com and tell me!
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
124: "Storytelling as a Service” (SaaS, as Mark Deal would say) is a way Podcast Managers, Producers, and even Editors can make money on the development of a serialized, documentary-style podcast.
Mark Deal and Pat Fenner created “Habitat: Heart, Hammer, and Home”, a documentary podcast about housing, hope, and the people building stronger communities. The project serves as a proof of concept for a higher-tier service, with the core idea of creating compelling, narrative-driven audio experiences that differentiate your offerings in a crowded market.
Key moments:(05:43) How Storytelling as a Service Benefits Podcast Professionals
(08:10) Challenges in Storytelling as a Service
(12:43) Benefits of Storytelling as a Service
(24:13) Resource Management and Project Momentum
(28:12) Inspirations for Storytelling and Structuring Content
(30:34) The Importance of Connection in Podcasting (even for us Editors)
(32:54) Song: Level Up the Craft!
Our GuestsAbout Pat Fenner:Pat is a podcast producer and strategic storyteller who helps business owners get their message from the mic to the masses. She specializes in story-forward podcasts for coaches, consultants, and service-based brands that build connection.
As both a producer and author, she knows how to find the signal in the noise—and turn it into content people actually want to hear, share, and stick with.
Get Pat's glossary of Podcast-related words free https://www.patfenner.me/PodWords
About Mark Deal:Mark's background begins in engineering and data science, then moved into global corporate marketing and strategy. Over time, that evolved into what he does today… help people think clearly, make better decisions, and build systems that actually hold up in the real world.
Mark has been working in the podcast industry since 2013, and that journey led to the creation of Podcast Editor Academy, Podcast Atlanta, Podcast Guest Academy, and several other podcasting communities serving more than 15,000 members combined.
A lot of his work lives at the intersection of structure and conversation. I help editors and producers step back, see the bigger picture, and design their business in a way that supports the life they actually want to live.
Inside Podcast Editor Academy, Mark work alongside Steve Stewart to guide conversations, shape the direction of the community, and help members navigate the decisions that come with growth… from first clients to long-term sustainability.
Join the Podcast Editor Academy while the doors are still open.
Resources mentioned in the show: Podcast: Habitat: Heart, Hammer, and Home * Pat Fenner's website | Instagram * Get Pat's glossary of Podcast-related words free * Book: Building a StoryBrand 2.0* by Donald Miller * Mark Deal Podcast Editor Academy | PodATL
______________________________
Tools we used:*Riverside.fm to RECORDWe used Riverside to record this episode and create video shorts for marketing the show.
*WhisperTranscribe for SHOW NOTESWhisperTranscribe assisted in the crafting of this episode description. It probably saved me 30 minutes by providing a summary and a list of chapters.
PodChapters for podcast chaptersThe fastest way to add chapters to mp3s from an outline, or have the AI tool generate them for you. I probably save at least 2-4 minutes over using another AI tool to generate them and another 4-5 minutes from embedding them to the mp3. PodChapters does it all.
Captivate.fm for our podcast MEDIA HOSTCaptivate offers amazing features, including dynamic insertion tools*, embedded chapters, and Blocks/Shortcodes to quickly add content to show notes (like this section you are reading right now)
*Use of the above affiliate links may earn us a commission, which is used to support the efforts of this show. Thank you in advance for your support!
______________________________
Mentioned in this episode:
The Podcast Editor Academy
Get access to Steve Stewart's 35+ years of small business experience and decade of learning inside the Podcast Editor Academy - PLUS:-Weekly Challenges via email-Windshield University with our Private Podcast-Office Hours
Podcast Editor Academy
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
123: Implementing fees without alienating clients is a key challenge for contractors like us. Things become exceedingly difficult when trying to balance a normal full-time workload and "incentivize" clients to send their files on time.
What are the options we have to shuffle jobs around to accommodate a client who "needs it tomorrow"? Angelina Gurrola and Charles Commins provide solutions you can use in your own business.
Key moments:(00:00) Defining Late and Rush Fees
(06:35) Enforcing Fees Without Alienating Clients
(12:13) Including Fees in Proposals and Contracts
(15:38) Client Choices and Boundaries
(22:00) Transparency and Trust in Client Relationships
(27:53) Preventing Late Submissions and Rush Jobs
(35:54) Percentage vs. Flat Rate Rush Fees
Resources mentioned in the show:* Charles was Non-Employee of the Week (week 38) * Thanks to Chad Parizman and Alejandro Ramirez for their contributions * See flowers sent instead of paying a Rush Fee
__________________________
Our Panel:Angelina Gurrola is a podcast producer, manager, and strategist offering full-service launch and monthly management packages to creative businesses & brands.
She helps her clients connect more deeply with their audience, disrupt the status quo, and create a profitable ecosystem of content through values-aligned support, systems, and accountability.
A former music producer & current DJ, Angelina resides in Chicago with her cats, hobbies, and a growing vinyl collection.
Website: https://wildwavepodcasting.com
Threads: https://www.threads.com/@_angelinagurrola
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/angelina-gurrola
Charles Commins is the host of the award winning It's All Cobblers To Me podcast, founder of podcast production company, Vibrant Sound Media and co-runner of the largest UK podcaster community, MIC's Podcast Club.
From Warrington, Charles spends most of his time running - be that for exercise or simply chasing his two kids around!
Website: https://vibrantsoundmedia.com
______________________________
Tools we used:*Riverside.fm to RECORDWe used Riverside to record this episode and create video shorts for marketing the show.
PodChapters for CHAPTERSPodChapters allows us to create chapters, incorporate them into the MP3 and RSS feed, and include chapters in the show notes.
Captivate.fm for our podcast MEDIA HOSTWe use Captivate to host the podcast. Captivate offers amazing features for a low monthly price, including full control of dynamic insertion*, embedded chapters, and Blocks/Shortcodes to quickly add content to show notes (either static or dynamically!)
*Use of the above affiliate links may earn us a commission, which is used to support the efforts of this show. Thank you in advance for your support!
______________________________
Mentioned in this episode:
The Podcast Editor Academy
Get access to Steve Stewart's 35+ years of small business experience and decade of learning inside the Podcast Editor Academy - PLUS:-Weekly Challenges via email-Windshield University with our Private Podcast-Office Hours
Podcast Editor Academy
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
122: Are Podcast Chapters a good thing?
Most people would say "Of course they are".
Steve has reservations, mostly because chapters help listeners more easily skip ads, and that's not a good thing for clients who have ads in their show. However, Podcast Chapters are useful. And very cool...especially when you hear about what can be done with Chapter Images (see chapter #11 of this episode)!
In our conversation with Daniel J. Lewis, we talk through all the ins and outs of podcast chapters, their benefits, and how they can transform your client's show into a more interactive experience for your audience.
Key takeaways:* Podcast chapters enhance navigation and engagement * They allow for additional multimedia elements, enriching the listener experience * Properly structured chapters can improve retention and manage ad placements effectively
Key Moments (aka: Chapters):(00:00) Daniel J. Lewis Explains the Technical Side of Podcast Chapters
(02:44) Are Chapters a Good Thing?
(04:58) Making Ads More Actionable with Chapters
(08:43) Making Ads More Engaging
(10:16) Hiding Chapters in the Table of Contents
(12:17) Media Hosts and Adding Chapters
(16:08) Should Spotify and Apple Podcasts make our Chapters?
(21:02) The Lazy Benefit of Automated Chapters
(23:08) Formatting Chapters for Optimal Performance
(28:02) What about Chapter Images?
(34:09) GIFs as Chapter Images! Really!
(34:53) Guidelines for Chapter Images
(40:53) PodChapters.com
Resources: Daniel's Podcast Chapters tool: https://PodChapters.com * Episode about how to use Chapters on The Audacity to Podcast: https://theaudacitytopodcast.com/why-and-how-to-use-podcast-chapters * JSON chapters: https://podcasting2.org/docs/podcast-namespace/tags/chapters * Daniel's Subscribe and Follow plugin for WordPress: https://SteveStewart.me/subscribeandfollow * Daniel's Podgagement service for tracking podcast chart rankings and reviews *https://SteveStewart.me/podgagement
About Daniel J. Lewis (2026)As Hall of Fame podcasting educator, advocate, and innovator, Daniel gives you the guts and teaches you the tools to start and grow your own podcasts for passion and P.R.O.F.I.T.
Daniel has been podcasting since 2007 and has created numerous resources for podcasting, such as hosting award-winning The Audacity to Podcast, he created the Podgagement service to help podcasters supercharge their podcast engagement, and co-founded International Podcast Day. Most recently, he created PodChapters.com for quick transcribing & chaptering podcast episodes. He's also deeply involved in helping innovate the podcasting industry through Podcasting 2.0.
Daniel has also hosted multiple award-nominated podcasts covering clean comedy, Christian critical thinking, and the #1 unofficial podcast for ABC's previous hit drama Once Upon a Time, and he continues as a cohost on The Future of Podcasting.
______________________________
Tools we used:*Riverside.fm to RECORDWe used Riverside to record and to create video shorts.
PodChapters.com for Chapters (of course)You didn't think I was going to use anything else for those awesome chapters, did you?
Captivate.fm for our podcast MEDIA HOSTWe use Captivate to host the podcast. Captivate offers amazing features for a low monthly price, including full control of dynamic insertion*, embedded chapters, and Blocks/Shortcodes to quickly add content to show notes (either static or dynamically!)
*Use of the above affiliate links may earn us a commission, which is used to support the efforts of this show. Thank you in advance for your support!
______________________________
Mentioned in this episode:
The Podcast Editor Academy
Get access to Steve Stewart's 35+ years of small business experience and decade of learning inside the Podcast Editor Academy - PLUS:-Weekly Challenges via email-Windshield University with our Private Podcast-Office Hours
Podcast Editor Academy
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
121: There have been SIGNIFICANT changes in our industry this past year.
- A.I. is being added to everything
- Across-the-board price increases on the tools we use
- The loss of Todd Cochrane and Niel Guillarte, plus the separation of some very influential people from the companies they helped build
Our panel of pros reflect on 2025, talk about how A.I. isn't making us undervalued, and we share predictions for Podcast Editors in 2026.
Our conversation with Pam Cameron, Jay Yow, and Chad Parizman highlights the need for podcast producers to adapt - and embrace - changes while maintaining the human touch in our work.
Key takeaways:* The landscape is changing with the rise of video podcasts * The industry is seeing a shift towards more professional production standards * AI has significantly improved post-production workflows * AI tools can enhance creativity rather than replace it * The future of podcasting may involve more partnerships with major media companies * The demand for multi-platform presence is increasing for podcasters * The podcast community needs to adapt to the changing landscape and embrace new technologies
Resources mentioned in the show:* BlogFox.ai for YouTube chapters * PodChapters.com, the new chaptering tool from Daniel J. Lewis * YouTube's branded video midrolls coming in 2026
Our panelists:Pam Cameron began as a freelance editor and now runs end-to-end production. She’s the full-time producer of Acquiring Minds.
Connect with her LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/pam-f-cameron
Jay Yow is an audio professional (for over 16 years) in both music and podcast production. He’s collaborated with the likes of Benedict Cumberbatch, Mike Myers, Mary Louise Parker, Dashboard Confessional, and The James Altucher Show.
Connect with Jay at https://www.jayyow.com
Chad Parizman provides Podcast Production and Strategy for brands and organizations. Connect with him at https://www.adercommunications.com
Mentioned in this episode:
The Podcast Editor Academy
Get access to Steve Stewart's 35+ years of small business experience and decade of learning inside the Podcast Editor Academy - PLUS:-Weekly Challenges via email-Windshield University with our Private Podcast-Office Hours
Podcast Editor Academy
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
120: Jeremy Enns joins us to discuss observations from his Podcast Marketing Trends report that pertain to Podcast Editors, Podcast Managers, and anyone who helps podcasters grow their reach and audience.
Our conversation covers the balance between audio and video content, the challenges of monetization through sponsorships, and the significance of understanding client goals in podcast production. Jeremy shares valuable data on business models in podcasting and offers advice for production businesses to adapt to changing trends.
What you'll get from this episode:* Podcast marketing encompasses growing subscriber counts and retaining listeners * Editing plays an important role in making podcasts engaging and marketable * Video content is becoming more visual in the podcasting landscape * Smaller shows tend to have higher growth rates compared to established ones * Understanding client goals is essential for effective podcast production
Resources: Jeremy's Marketing Survey: podcastmarketingtrends.com/survey * Results from the 2025 Survey: podcastmarketingacademy.com/podcast-marketing-trends-report-2025 * Additional Results: Audio vs Video * Podcast Marketing Trends Explained podcast: podlink.com/1725822754 * Jeremy Enns on LinkedIn:* linkedin.com/in/jeremy-enns
About Jeremy Enns:Jeremy Enns is the founder of Podcast Marketing Academy where he helps underdog creators and challenger brands punch above their weight by engineering scrappy, yet sophisticated podcast growth & revenue generation strategies and step-by-step marketing schematics.
He’s originally from the cold, barren Canadian Prairies but now lives in sunny Barcelona.
______________________________
Tools we used:*Riverside.fm to RECORDWe used Riverside to record, edit a "Video Lite" version, help source information for the show notes, and create video shorts for MARKETING THIS SHOW! 😄
Captivate.fm IS our MEDIA HOSTWe use Captivate to host the podcast. Captivate offers amazing features for a low monthly price, including full control of dynamic insertion*, embedded chapters, and Blocks/Shortcodes to quickly add content to show notes (either static or dynamically!)
*Use of the above affiliate links may earn us a commission, which is used to support the efforts of this show. Thank you in advance for your support!
______________________________
Mentioned in this episode:
The Podcast Editor Academy
Get access to Steve Stewart's 35+ years of small business experience and decade of learning inside the Podcast Editor Academy - PLUS:-Weekly Challenges via email-Windshield University with our Private Podcast-Office Hours
Podcast Editor Academy
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
119: There is a peculiar paradox where many Podcast Editors, Managers, and Producers do not host their own shows.
Our panel today explores the reasons behind this, including time constraints and perfectionism, while also highlighting the significant benefits that podcastING can bring to our careers and reputations.
The core debate centers on whether post-production professionals should have their own shows -- and no... the answer isn't as easy as you think!
Key moments:(00:00) The PodcastING Paradox for Podcast Editors
(03:13) Why is this such a debate?
(05:23) Should someone start a show before making money as a Podcast Editor?
(07:58) Podcast Editor Goals and Revenue
(18:02) If you don't have time...
20:00 Could you be qualified if you've never podcasted before?
24:11 Is Perfect Editing Keeping Us From Podcasting
28:58 Scale of 1-10: Should Editors Podcast?
Panelists:Julia Levine - ThePodcastTeacher.com
Julia, aka The Podcast Teacher™, is a certified podcast growth coach and former educator who helps solopreneurs use their podcasts to attract ideal clients and grow their business.
She's the host of Podcasting for Solopreneurs, where she shares strategic tips to turn weekly episodes into powerful marketing assets. With a background in education and a proven track record of helping podcasters grow their audience and increase their impact, Julia is known for making podcast strategy simple, effective, and results-driven.
Steve Cosio - Podcast Mansfield
From 30 years in news/talk radio to podcaster, since 2020, Steve Cosio is currently the “voice of news” for the city of Mansfield, Texas, in lieu of a local newspaper. Find the show at AboutMansfield.com
He also runs Podcast studio in Mansfield, where locals can rent studio time and get their podcast recordings professionally produced, at PodcastMansfield.com
Jon Gay - JAG Podcast Productions
Following a 15 year radio career, Jon "JAG" Gay founded JAG in Detroit Podcasts in 2018, and rebranded to JAG Podcast Productions in August 2025. He helps clients build podcasts from the ground up and offers producer, co-host, and editing services.
He also hosts his own show, "The JAG Show".
______________________________
The Tools:*Riverside.fm to RECORDWe used Riverside to record this episode, create video shorts for marketing the show, and create a "Video Lite" version for YouTube.
The audio version was edited by Steve Stewart using Audacity. Could you even tell? 😁
*WhisperTranscribe for SHOW NOTESWhisperTranscribe assisted in the crafting of this episode description. It probably saved me 30 minutes by providing a summary and a list of chapters.
Captivate.fm for our podcast MEDIA HOSTWe use Captivate to host the podcast. Captivate offers amazing features for a low monthly price, including full control of dynamic insertion*, embedded chapters, and Blocks/Shortcodes to quickly add content to show notes (either static or dynamically!)
*Use of the above affiliate links may earn us a commission, which is used to support the efforts of this show. Thank you in advance for your support!
______________________________
Mentioned in this episode:
The Podcast Editor Academy
Get access to Steve Stewart's 35+ years of small business experience and decade of learning inside the Podcast Editor Academy - PLUS:-Weekly Challenges via email-Windshield University with our Private Podcast-Office Hours
Podcast Editor Academy
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
118: Megan Shields discusses the intricacies of Facebook advertising, particularly for podcast editors who want to help their clients expose their clients’ shows to a larger audience. She emphasizes the importance of understanding the relevance of Facebook ads in today's digital landscape, debunks common myths, and outlines strategies for both client acquisition and podcast promotion.
Megan explains the role of the Meta tracking pixel, how to set up effective ad campaigns, and also highlights the importance of collaboration between podcast editors and ad managers to maximize ROI and achieve business goals.
Takeaways* Facebook ads remain relevant with 3 billion monthly users * Advertising will always work if done correctly * The Meta tracking pixel is essential for measuring ad success * Understanding your cost per lead is vital for ad campaigns * Collaboration between podcast editors and ad managers enhances results
Key moments:(00:00) The Relevance of Facebook Ads Today
(09:31) Understanding Facebook Ads Myths
(11:26) Strategies for Client Acquisition vs. Podcast Promotion
(18:09) The Role of Meta Tracking Pixel
(24:30) Setting Up and Budgeting for Ads
(27:36) Content Types for Effective Ads
(30:25) Maximizing ROI Beyond "Just" Podcast Promotion
(42:43) Key Metrics to Monitor for Ad Success
About Megan Shields:Megan is, as her husband calls her, a snow-plow of progress.
Starting her sales career at age 24, she hit the ground running and became the top 10% of producers in the nation within the first 2 years by using the power of social media.
After realizing how sought after her social media strategies were in corporate America, she decided to start her own business and ChimeHouse Media was born.
Alongside her husband they serve clients all over the world, helping them grow their businesses and expand their reach using the power of Facebook and Instagram Ads.
Find Megan at ChimeHouseMedia.com
______________________________
Our Editor for this episode: Alejandro RamierzInterested in talking with Alejandro about editing your show? Find him on LinkedIn.
______________________________
Tools we used:*Riverside.fm to RECORD & SHOW NOTESWe used Riverside to record this episode and create the basis of the show notes, including a list of takeaways and chapters. We also used the video editing tools to create a video version for YouTube.
Captivate.fm for our podcast MEDIA HOSTWe use Captivate to host the podcast. Captivate offers amazing features for a low monthly price, including full control of dynamic insertion*, embedded chapters, and Blocks/Shortcodes to quickly add content to show notes (either static or dynamically!)
*Use of the above affiliate links may earn us a commission, which is used to support the efforts of this show. Thank you in advance for your support!
Mentioned in this episode:
The Podcast Editor Academy
Get access to Steve Stewart's 35+ years of small business experience and decade of learning inside the Podcast Editor Academy - PLUS:-Weekly Challenges via email-Windshield University with our Private Podcast-Office Hours
Podcast Editor Academy
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
Can posting your prices harm or help your business?
Matthew Bliss and Mike Wilkerson join us to debate the benefits and pitfalls of giving potential clients a peek at what you charge, and the need for a strong value proposition regardless!
At the end, Steve shares his 2025 experiment of posting rates on his website. Did it help? Listen to find out!
Summary:Visible pricing can attract the right clients but may deter others
Discovery calls are essential for understanding client needs and budgets
Experience plays a crucial role in determining pricing strategies
Building relationships in the podcasting community is vital
A qualitative sales page can effectively communicate value
Podcast editing is a collaborative effort, not a commodity service
Key moments:(00:00) The Pricing Debate in Podcast Editing
(12:17) Understanding Client Budgets
(18:28) The Impact of Pricing on Client Acquisition
(24:59) Navigating the Business of Podcast Editing
(32:17) Understanding Value in Podcasting Services
(39:00) The Importance of Communicating Value
(46:09) Analogies for Podcasting Value
(52:22) Resource Allocation and Client Engagement
Our guests:About Matthew Bliss:
Matthew is an Australian podcast engineer, producer, and educator who relocated from Australia to Ireland.
He has worked as IT Classroom Support & Digital Technologies Curriculum Support in schools, and as a trainer, digital workplace expert and learning development professional from his time in State Government in Australia.
And Matthew is the founder of MBPod.com, where he offers comprehensive production, consultation, and training services to indie and business podcasters.
Plus, he hosts and co-hosts a few shows himself!
Find Matthew Bliss at his website or his podcast Re:Thinking Podcasting
About Mike Wilkerson:
Mike, known as The STLPodFather , has been a pioneering voice in podcasting since 2005, turning every misstep into a lesson for aspiring creators.
With thousands of hours behind the mic and keyboard, he’s built The 2GuysTalking Podcast Network into a dynamic hub of business, marketing, and storytelling.
From studio capture to editing audio and video programming, voiceover sourcing to promotion, Mike transforms raw ideas into polished productions.
His mission? To spark your light bulb moments - and make sure they shine to guide you to a brighter future filled with perspective, education and legacy.
Find more at https://2guystalking.com or the show he does with Bryan Entzminger - The Podcast Gauntlet
______________________________
Tools we used:*Riverside.fm to RECORD and edit a video versionWe used Riverside to record, provide the basis for the show notes, and even edit a different version for YouTube.
Captivate.fm for our podcast MEDIA HOSTWe use Captivate to host the podcast. Captivate offers amazing features for a low monthly price, including full control of dynamic insertion*, embedded chapters, and Blocks/Shortcodes to quickly add content to show notes (either static or dynamically!)
*Use of the above affiliate links may earn us a commission, which is used to support the efforts of this show. Thank you in advance for your support!
______________________________
Mentioned in this episode:
Podcast Editor Academy
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
Adam Schaeuble discusses the three buckets of podcast growth that we can share with our clients:
- Effort-based marketing
- Paid advertising
- Organic discoverability
We discuss insights on leveraging paid ads on podcast platforms and the significance of SEO in podcasting - plus the need for helping our clients focus on growth strategies that yield tangible results.
Key takeaways:* The three buckets of podcast GROWTH * Effort-based marketing is often the LEAST effective for growth * Our clients should focus on leveraging their shows to GAIN CLIENT of their own rather than sponsorships * Organic discoverability is CRUCIAL for attracting the right audience * Show names should be strategic and include relevant KEYWORDS for better searchability * Using a 72-hour promotion window can MAXIMIZE VISIBILITY * Paid advertising on platforms like Overcast can yield BETTER RESULTS than social media ads * Podcast SEO is DIFFERENT from traditional SEO; focus on keywords relevant to podcast platforms * Rebranding can significantly impact download numbers and audience engagement
Key moments:(03:04) The Three Buckets of Podcast Growth
(05:50) Effort-Based Marketing Strategies
(12:03) Paid Advertising Insights
(21:50) Organic Discoverability and SEO Strategies
About Adam Schaeuble:Adam is an online business coach for podcasters. He teaches podcasters simple strategies to help them make more money with their online business.
Adam has been podcasting since 2015 and he's the host of a Top 100 ranked entrepreneurship podcast: Podcasting Business School.
Find him at https://www.podcastingbusiness.school
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
______________________________
Tools we used:*Riverside.fm to RECORDWe used Riverside to record this episode, create video shorts, and help with coming up with ideas for the show notes.
Captivate.fm for our podcast MEDIA HOSTWe use Captivate to host the podcast. Captivate offers amazing features for a low monthly price, including full control of dynamic insertion*, embedded chapters, and Blocks/Shortcodes to quickly add content to show notes (either static or dynamically!)
*Use of the above affiliate links may earn us a commission, which is used to support the efforts of this show. Thank you in advance for your support!
______________________________
Mentioned in this episode:
Podcast Editor Academy
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
I've been saying for over a decade that 50% of downloads are lies. The truth came out when the IOS 17 update hit, and everyone realized the Emperor had only half of his clothes.
But Analytics? Those are GOLD!
Seth Silvers from storyon.co shares the importance of analytics and metrics in measuring success.
We go into the significance of retention rates, the need for experimentation in formats and the first 5 minutes of an episode, and how he communicate all this to their clients.
Our conversation highlights the challenges of understanding downloads versus plays, the role of completion rates, and the long-term benefits of nurturing an audience.
Key moments:* Seth emphasizes the importance of analytics in podcasting * Retention rates are more important than downloads for measuring success * Clients should be willing to experiment with their podcast content * The first 30 seconds of a podcast are crucial for retaining listeners * Spotify says the first 5 minutes is crucial to their recommendation engine * Paid advertising won't fix a bad podcast or business * Feedback loops in podcasting can be long and challenging * It's essential to track metrics weekly to make timely adjustments * Podcasts serve best as a middle-of-funnel marketing tool * Quality content leads to organic growth and audience retention * Understanding the difference between downloads and plays is vital for podcasters
Resources: Apple's Analytics: https://podcastsconnect.apple.com * Spotify's Analytics: https://creators.spotify.com * Amazon Music Analytics:* https://podcasters.amazon.com
About Seth Silvers:Seth is the founder and lead strategist of Story On Media, a podcast strategy and production agency working to help businesses launch and grow podcasts.
His team has worked with some of the leading podcasts and creators in the country along with helping launch successful podcasts in micro-niche business industries.
Find more at www.storyon.co
______________________________
Tools we used:*Riverside.fm to RECORDWe used Riverside to record this episode. It also created an outline and list of key takeaways that helped us finalize the show notes.
Oh, and we used Riverside's Ai Tools for making the "Video Lite" version of the episode for YouTube.
Captivate.fm for our podcast MEDIA HOSTWe use Captivate to host the podcast. Captivate offers amazing features for a low monthly price, including full control of dynamic insertion*, embedded chapters, and Blocks/Shortcodes to quickly add content to show notes (either static or dynamically!)
*Use of the above affiliate links may earn us a commission, which is used to support the efforts of this show. Thank you in advance for your support!
______________________________
Mentioned in this episode:
Podcast Editor Academy
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
Want to help your clients grow revenue? We ask Heather Osgood, CEO of True Native Media, to share how Podcast Editors and Podcast Managers can work with sponsorships and advertising.
Heather shares her expertise on what podcasters want from sponsorships, what works best to get a better ROI, and how podcast editors can work with agencies like True Native Media.
Key learnings:* The different types of podcast ads and which ones generate the most income * How to determine if a podcast is ready for sponsorships, and what to do if it’s not * Tactical things to consider for managing sponsorships, such as tracking downloads and communicating with brands
Heather also touches on the importance of dynamic ad insertion, pixel tracking, and how to avoid ad overload. For more information, check out TrueNativeMedia.com or connect with Heather Osgood on LinkedIn.
Key moments:(00:00) Heather Osgood from True Native Media
(03:45) Expectations of Podcasters Regarding Sponsorships
(06:07) The Role of Podcast Editors in Monetization
(10:08) Download Numbers and Sponsorship Viability
(12:49) Affiliate Ads as a Starting Point
(16:29) Tracking Affiliate Performance
(19:51) Qualitative vs. Quantitative Metrics in Sponsorships
(24:01) Managing Sponsorships and Tracking Success
Resources mentioned in the show: *Heather's Representative Agency: TrueNativeMedia.com * Heather on LinkedIn (check out her URL): LinkedIn.com/in/podcastadvertising/
About Heather Osgood:Heather is the Founder and CEO of True Native Media, a leading podcast representation agency that connects high-quality podcasts with major brands. With a background in radio and a focus on authentic brand partnerships, she’s helped shape the future of podcast advertising. Heather is also the host of The Podcast Advertising Playbook and a frequent speaker at industry events like Podcast Movement and SXSW.
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
______________________________
Tools we used:*Riverside.fm to RECORDWe used Riverside to record this episode and create marketing assets for the show. Their Ai editing tools saved about 3 hours of work and created the video version you'll find on YouTube.
*WhisperTranscribe for SHOW NOTESWhisperTranscribe assisted in the crafting of this episode description. It probably saved me 30 minutes by providing a summary and a list of chapters.
Captivate.fm for our podcast MEDIA HOSTWe use Captivate to host the podcast. Captivate offers amazing features for a low monthly price, including full control of dynamic insertion*, embedded chapters, and Blocks/Shortcodes to quickly add content to show notes (either static or dynamic!)
*Use of the above affiliate links may earn us a commission, which is used to support the efforts of this show. Thank you in advance for your support!
______________________________
Mentioned in this episode:
Podcast Editor Academy
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
Meredith Hackwith Edwards founder of an "idea consultancy" called Outsider Advantage, shares with us the challenges and opportunities of using social media to promote our clients' podcasts. She says to have fun when focusing on authentic and purposeful content.
Meredith shares her experience working with clients on their specific strategies, while appropriately pricing and packaging our services to include social media support.
Key moments:* Identify and utilize strong self-identifiers in social media posts to resonate with your target audience * Create short-form video content using tools like Opus Clips, highlighting engaging moments from your podcast episodes * Strategically incorporate cliffhangers and intriguing questions in social media posts you create to drive engagement for your client * Build social media promotion into your service packages, ensuring a balanced approach to marketing and production * Analyze the effectiveness of your social media campaigns by tracking key metrics such as downloads and engagement to refine your strategy. Report those to your clients!
About Meredith Hackwith Edwards:Podcasting since 2019, Meredith is the host & producer of Meredith for Real: the curious introvert, for which she was named one of Podcast Magazines 40 under 40 in 2022.
Meredith is the founder of Outsider Advantage, an idea consultancy whose primary offering is podcast launch & production including Voices United in Education, which won two Addy Awards in 2023.
She is best known for her imaginative approach to content creation & ability to humanize digital communication. When she’s not researching her next podcast guest, she’s hanging out with her husband at the beach, buying plants she doesn't need or planning her next trip. She believes in being lost in the right direction & that everyone should meet people outside the algorithm.
Find her at OutsiderAdvantage (click here) or MeredithForReal.com
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
__________________________
Tools we used:Riverside.fm to recordWe used Riverside to record this episode. Use code Yetis at https://creators.riverside.fm/Yetis for 15% off a membership plan.
WhisperTranscribe for show notesWhisperTranscribe assisted in the crafting of this episode description. It probably saved me 30 minutes by providing a summary and a list of chapters. Click on the link above to see how it works for yourself!
Captivate.fm for podcast media hostingWe use Captivate to host the podcast. Captivate offers amazing features for a low monthly price, including full control of dynamic insertion*, embedded chapters, and Blocks/Shortcodes to quickly add content to show notes (either static or dynamically!)
*Use of the above affiliate links may earn us a commission, which is used to support the efforts of this show. Thank you in advance for your support!
__________________________
Mentioned in this episode:
Podcast Editor Academy
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
How do you charge for your service as a Podcast Editor?
Most charge a flat rate per episode or monthly retainer, but how do you come up with those rate?
And how do you know it's earning you more than a part-time job a McDonald's?
Learn from top podcast editors as they reveal their proven pricing strategies, helping you optimize your income and building a sustainable business!
Key moments:* Charging by the Length of the Raw Recording * Flat Fees vs. Length-Based Pricing * Exploring Monthly Retainers * Invoicing Strategies * Rolling over "Credits" * Understanding Value-Based Pricing * Steve Stewart's Post-production Tips
Resources mentioned in the show: "Are You Charging Enough*" spreadsheet in the Podcast Editor Academy
Our Panelists:Chad Parizman
Heather Wester
Sarah Decker
Darrell Darnell
Take Action!1. Evaluate your current pricing model. Does it accurately reflect your time and value? Explore alternative options to boost profitability and client satisfaction. 2. Get answers and support from the Podcast Editor Academy
__________________________
Tools we used:Riverside.fm to recordWe used Riverside to record this episode. Use code Yetis at https://creators.riverside.fm/Yetis for 15% off a membership plan.
WhisperTranscribe for show notesWhisperTranscribe assisted in the crafting of this episode description. It probably saved me 30 minutes by providing a summary and a list of chapters. Click on the link above to see how it works for yourself!
Captivate.fm for podcast media hostingWe use Captivate to host the podcast. Captivate offers amazing features for a low monthly price, including full control of dynamic insertion*, embedded chapters, and Blocks/Shortcodes to quickly add content to show notes (either static or dynamically!)
*Use of the above affiliate links may earn us a commission, which is used to support the efforts of this show. Thank you in advance for your support!
__________________________
Coaching Moment:A better way to download all the mp3s from a podcast's RSS feed.
This comes in handy for making copies for offline storage of a new client who never kept their files, or you need to edit out baked-in ads when migrating a client to a service with dynamic insertion.
I hope this helps!
Mentioned in this episode:
Podcast Editor Academy
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
Getting paid is one of the most important steps in running a thriving podcast editing business. How you invoice for your work can have a huge impact on your cash flow and profitability.
Eric Rosenberg shares some best practices when invoicing clients, as a freelancer, and the challenges of balancing your client's needs with our self-employed realities.
While listening, pay particular attention to the importance of strategic invoicing for peace of mind, the various payment models available, and how to leverage technology to automate your invoicing process.
Key moments:* Invoice clients monthly for consistent cash flow * For new clients or large projects, consider upfront or milestone payments * Use an invoicing system to automate the process and save time * Maintain detailed records for accounting and legal purposes * Negotiate equitable payment terms with clients * Clearly define project milestones for phased payments in complex projects
Check out Eric's Invoicing App: *freelancerdashboard.com
About Eric Rosenberg:Eric is a financial writer, speaker, and consultant whose expertise lies in banking, credit cards, investing, cryptocurrency, insurance, real estate, business finance, and financial fraud and security.
His work has appeared in many online publications, including Time, USA Today, Forbes, Business Insider, Nerdwallet, Investopedia, and U.S. News & World Report.
Connect with him and learn more at EricRosenberg.com
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
______________________________
Tools we used:*Riverside.fm to RECORDWe used Riverside to record this episode and create video shorts for marketing the show.
*WhisperTranscribe for SHOW NOTESWhisperTranscribe assisted in the crafting of this episode description. It probably saved me 30 minutes by providing a summary and a list of chapters.
Captivate.fm for our podcast MEDIA HOSTWe use Captivate to host the podcast. Captivate offers amazing features for a low monthly price, including full control of dynamic insertion*, embedded chapters, and Blocks/Shortcodes to quickly add content to show notes (either static or dynamically!)
*Use of the above affiliate links may earn us a commission, which is used to support the efforts of this show. Thank you in advance for your support!
______________________________
Mentioned in this episode:
Podcast Editor Academy
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
What warning signs should podcast editors watch out for when working with clients? Matthew Bliss shares some of his recent “red flags” — those subtle (and not-so-subtle) signals that things might go wrong in a client relationship.
How many of these red flags have you experienced?
- Unclear expectations
- Poor communication
- Unreasonable turnaround times
- Late payments
Listen in on our candid stories, and arm yourself with some practical strategies for handling tricky situations.
Whether you’re a seasoned editor or just starting out, this show will deliver useful wisdom for building stronger, smoother client collaborations...and profit!
Key moments:* How to identify common red flags with new and existing podcast clients * Effective mitigation strategies for handling problem situations before they escalate * The role of contracts, onboarding, and clear communication in protecting your work and wellbeing
Resources mentioned in the show:Matthew's episode about "Avoiding Toxic Podcast Teams"
About Matthew Bliss:Matthew is an Australian podcast engineer, producer, and educator who relocated from Australia to Ireland.
He has worked as IT Classroom Support & Digital Technologies Curriculum Support in schools, and as a trainer, digital workplace expert and learning development professional from his time in State Government in Australia.
And Matthew is the founder of MBPod.com, where he offers comprehensive production, consultation, and training services to indie and business podcasters.
Plus, he hosts and co-hosts a few shows himself!
Find Matthew Bliss at:
His website: mbpod.com
Connect with Matthew on LinkedIn: linkedin.com/in/matthew-bliss
Listen to Matthew's podcast: coffeepodcaster.com
Book a Consultation with Matthew (click here)
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
__________________________
Tools used to produce this episode:Riverside.fm to recordWe used Riverside to record this episode. Use code Yetis at https://creators.riverside.fm/Yetis for 15% off a membership plan.
Castmagic.io for show notesCastmagic assisted in the crafting of this episode description. It probably saved me 30 minutes by providing a summary and a list of chapters. Click on the link above to see how it works for yourself!
Captivate.fm for podcast media hostingWe use Captivate to host the podcast. Captivate offers amazing features for a low monthly price, including full control of dynamic insertion*, embedded chapters, and Blocks/Shortcodes to quickly add content to show notes (either static or dynamically!)
*Use of the above affiliate links may earn us a commission, which is used to support the efforts of this show. Thank you in advance for your support!
__________________________
Coaching Moment:Help your clients achieve greater completion rates by removing any mentions that "We're almost out of time" or "One last question before we let you go". Those few words become cues to some listeners who will decide it's time to skip to the next show in their playlist or app.
Steve finds that he is successful at removing those kinds of phrases 4 out of 5 times, to where nobody ever knows that the phrase was even said.
__________________________
Mentioned in this episode:
Podcast Editor Academy
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
Has YouTube won the podcasting game? It sure seems like it.
A recent study by Coleman Insights and Amplifi Media shares the perception of what the public thinks a podcast is, where they are discovering new shows, and some surprising information about Spotify's place in the video podcast landscape.
BONUS:
Steve shares "The Cost and ROI of YouTube videos" at the end. He gives real data behind a successful YouTube video that made $59,000 in ad revenue, and ideas for how you can speak to your potential client who wants to use YouTube to be successful.
Key Discussion Points* "What is a podcast" seems to be settled by consumers * Video isn't just a Gen-Z thing * YouTube still has room to grow * Podcast listening hits the road * Spotify is still an audio-first platform * Social media takes the lead * YouTube Premium adds complexity to monetization
Links And Resources* Full report video replay: State of Video Podcasting replay * Article: Why The Rise Of Video Podcasting Is Not Killing Audio * Pod Predictor: https://colemaninsights.com/podcasting/pod-predictor * Article by Sounds Profitable: The Impact Spotify’s Video Has on Publishers * Emma Sweet replay: YouTube's Algorythm
ABOUT JAY NACHLIS:Jay joined Coleman Insights in 2017 after more than two decades of experience in the radio industry as a program director and on-air talent at stations covering a wide variety of formats in the United States.
He has launched multiple successful brands, coached some of entertainment’s brightest talents, and authored a memoir of life in radio. Today, Jay leads podcast research initiatives at Coleman, developing custom solutions for clients to grow strong brands and develop great content by deeply understanding the perceptions and desires of their target audiences.
Jay also co-authored “The New Rules Of Podcasting On YouTube,” a landmark 2023 study focused exclusively on video podcasting, and now "The State of Video Podcasting 2025” - as conducted by Coleman Insights and Amplifi Media
Tools:*Captivate.fm for media hostingWe use Captivate to host the audio episodes. Captivate offers amazing
features for a low monthly price, including full control of dynamic insertion, embedded chapters, and Blocks/Shortcodes to quickly add content to show notes (either static or dynamically!)
*Use of the above affiliate links may earn us a commission, which is used to support the efforts of this show. Thank you in advance for your support!
*StreamYard to record audio and videoJay and Steve went live using Riverside. Each person's track was recorded separately, and some video shorts were created with the click of a single button.
*Try StreamYard to see if it works as well for your live streams as it did for us.
*Descript to edit the interview for this podcastFor this episode we used the Underlord feature "Edit for Clarity" on the Low setting and was pleasantly surprised! It cut almost 10 minutes of CRAPP - including things Steve wouldn't have edited out if done manually. Not all edits were prefect, but we probably saved an hour of post-production testing it out.
*Test Descript's "Edit for Clarity" feature yourself by using our affiliate link above.
Steve's guidelines for what makes a podcast a podcast:1. Can be audio or video (not only a live broadcast, not a pdf, not only a social reel) 2. Available in more than one directory (as an on-demand medium) 3. Can play without an internet connection (at least part of the time) 4. Continues to play with the screen off (without requiring to pay for that feature)
Share with a friend: https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/episode/the-state-of-video-podcasts-with-jay-nachlis
Mentioned in this episode:
Podcast Editor Academy
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
Do you know how crucial YouTube thumbnails are to the success of a video? Andrew Armstrong reveals strategies to craft video thumbnails that grab attention and make people click Play!
Discover how the first impression provided by thumbnails can make or break your client's video's success, functioning as a gateway to garner viewers’ interest. Andrew shares how to leverage YouTube's built-in A/B testing tool to identify the most effective designs that keep audiences engaged.
The conversation also touches on how YouTube’s algorithm emphasizes search results based on watch time and audience behavior, shifting the focus from views to meaningful engagement.
Listeners will learn:* The fundamental role of thumbnails in stopping viewers’ scroll and encouraging video clicks * How A/B testing tools on YouTube can optimize a video’s performance through effective thumbnail design * The importance of analyzing watch time and audience behavior to refine thumbnail strategies for increased engagement
Key moments:(00:00) "YouTube Thumbnails: What you need to know"
(03:18) Algorithm Reflects Audience Behavior
(07:28) Optimal Logo Placement Strategy
(10:07) Video Strategy: Success Elements
(14:14) Thumbnail Testing Strategy
(19:11) Assessing YouTube Channel Legitimacy
(22:57) Maximizing YouTube's Evergreen Potential
About Andrew Armstrong:Andrew is a content creator, consultant, and storyteller passionate about helping individuals and businesses craft social media and digital content strategies.
He leverages his many years as a full-time YouTuber, and as an industry Social Media Strategist, to help content creators and companies better understand the platforms they work on, the best practices that lead to success, and the behaviors of their audiences.
His wife best describes him as "dangerously competent." For consultations, reach out to dawnforgedmedia@gmail.com
__________________________
Tools used in the production of this episode:*Captivate.fm for media hostingWe use Captivate to host the audio episodes. Captivate offers amazing features for a low monthly price, including full control of dynamic insertion, embedded chapters, and Blocks/Shortcodes to quickly add content to show notes (either static or dynamically!)
*Use of the above affiliate links may earn us a commission, which is used to support the efforts of this show. Thank you in advance for your support!
Riverside.fm to record audio and videoWe used Riverside to record this episode. Use code Yetis at https://creators.riverside.fm/Yetis for 15% off a membership plan.
Castmagic.io for show notesCastmagic assisted in the crafting of this episode description. It probably saved me 30 minutes by giving me a summary to start with and a list of chapters (which helps with the body of the description). Click on the link above to see how it works for yourself!
Sponsored by the Podcast Editor AcademyThis episode has been brought to you by Podcast Editor Academy. We help individuals like you start and grow a business editing and producing podcasts. Find out more at https://www.PodcastEditorAcademy.com
Sharing link: https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/episode/youtube-thumbnail-best-practices-with-andrew-armstrong
Mentioned in this episode:
Podcast Editor Academy
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
Apple recently changed the way they display artwork in their Podcasts app.
This is important to note because there can be some negative consequences if you're not following a consistent process or even unaware, as Steve was, about adding artwork to each upload to your clients' media host.
Mathew Passy shares the benefits of having good Show artwork (for the entire podcast), and if there is any value in having Episodic artwork (for each episode).
Key Takeaways:* The Benefits of a good thumbnail * Using the headshots in Show artwork * What NOT to include in Show artwork * Are there benefits for using EPISODE artwork? * Getting into Apple's Featured section * How Apple displays Episode artwork (or not) * Uploaded Episode artwork doesn't change if rebranding a show * What about artwork for other reasons (chapters/sponsors) * Changing Show artwork periodically to highlight events, themes, etc.
BTW: We will also be releasing an episode soon about VIDEO thumbnails. Be sure you subscribe to our newsletter so you don't miss that one: https://www.PodcastEditorAcademy.com/newsletter
__________________________
COACHING MOMENT:The #1 reason RSS feeds stop updating is because the SHOW artwork is too large. When you take on a new editing client, be sure the specs of their SHOW artwork meets the same requirements posed by Apple:
https://podcasters.apple.com/design
__________________________
About Mathew Passy:Mathew has 15+ years of podcasting experience, starting with his first show at a NJ radio station. He spent 8 years as a podcast producer for The Wall Street Journal Radio Network and later founded ThePodcastConsultant.com, a successful podcast production and consulting agency, which he sold after 8 years.
Currently, Mathew runs Custom Podcast Solutions, focusing on comprehensive podcast support.
He also hosts Podcasting Tech and serves as a LibsynPro Customer Care Specialist at Libsyn.
Find him, and the cool NFT/beacons at https://conntap.com
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
___________________________Tools used to produce this episode:Riverside.fm to recordWe used Riverside to record this episode. Use code Yetis at https://creators.riverside.fm/Yetis for 15% off a membership plan.
Castmagic.io for show notesCastmagic assisted in the writing of this episode description. It probably saved me 30 minutes by giving me a summary to start with and a list of chapters (which helps with the body of the description). Click on the link above to see how it works for yourself!
*Captivate.fm for media hostingWe use Captivate to host the audio episodes. Captivate offers amazing features for a low monthly price, including full control of dynamic insertion, embedded chapters, and Blocks/Shortcodes to quickly add content to show notes (either static or dynamically!)
*Use of the above affiliate links may earn us a commission, which is used to support the efforts of this show. Thank you in advance for your support!
Mentioned in this episode:
Podcast Editor Academy
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
They say "The💰💰💰is in the list." Are you maximizing the potential of email lists and newsletters for your clients?
The importance of capturing listeners' email addresses can't be underestimated! Personalized welcome sequences ensure engagement and retention that eventually turns into a super-fan who will participate in whatever your client is offering.
Paul Gowder has been harnessing the power of newsletters for years - and comes on the show to share strategies for converting listeners into email subscribers.
Learn how to repurpose past podcast episodes into valuable content that can drive traffic and increase engagement rates. Plus, explore how effective email lists can boost a podcast's reach and complement other marketing efforts, like social media and live streams.
Key Discussion Points* Why an email list is crucial for growth and how to effectively capture subscriber emails * The role of personalized welcome sequences and consistent content delivery to build and retain audience engagement * Repurposing podcast content in newsletters to continually drive traffic (and provide it as a service to your clients)!
Key moments:(00:00) Paul’s 25+ Years of Growing a List
(06:11) Improving Email Welcome Sequences
(07:24) Converting Podcast Listeners to Subscribers
(10:22) Maximize Podcast Reach with Newsletters
(13:11) Engaging Personally via Newsletters
(19:18) Maximizing Newsletter Value
(26:10) Automated Subscriber Management Solutions
About Paul Gowder:For over 25 years, Paul has been the driving force behind PowWows.com, the largest online community celebrating Native American culture, arts, and traditions. What started as a passion project has grown into a thriving hub, connecting millions of people with the beauty and spirit of Pow Wows.
Paul knows the power of community—because he built one of the most engaged online spaces in the world. His expertise in website development, content creation, social media, and email marketing has not only fueled the success of PowWows.com but also helped countless entrepreneurs grow their own online businesses.
A pioneer in live streaming, blogging, and podcasting, Paul brings the energy of Pow Wows directly to millions of viewers through his website and YouTube channel. With hundreds of Pow Wows visited across North America, he captures and shares the sights, sounds, and stories that make these gatherings so special.
But Paul isn’t just about building communities—he’s about empowering others to do the same. Through public speaking and consulting, he shares his hard-earned insights on navigating the highs and lows of running an online business.
Learn more from Paul at paulgowder.com/podcast
Tools:*Riverside.fm to record
We used Riverside to record this episode. Use code Yetis at *https://creators.riverside.fm/Yetis for 15% off a membership plan.
*Castmagic.io for show notes
Castmagic assisted in the crafting of this episode description. It probably saved me 30 minutes by giving me a summary to start with and a list of chapters (which helps with the body of the description). Click on the *link above to see how it works for yourself!
*Captivate.fm for media hosting
We use Captivate to host the audio episodes. Captivate offers amazing features for a low monthly price, including full control of dynamic insertion, embedded chapters, and Blocks/Shortcodes to quickly add content to show notes (either static or dynamically!)
*Use of the above affiliate links may earn us a commission, which is used to support the efforts of this show. Thank you in advance for your support!
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
Sponsored by the Podcast Editor AcademyThis episode has been brought to you by Podcast Editor Academy. We help individuals like you start and grow a business editing and producing podcasts. Find out more at https://www.PodcastEditorAcademy.com
Episode Notes: https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/episode/podcast-to-inbox-how-podcast-editors-can-build-and-sustain-effective-email-lists
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
What makes a podcast episode truly engaging - and keeps listeners coming back? The importance of maintaining a structured yet flexible format can’t be stressed enough by our guest, Wendy Wawrzyniak.
Our discussion, no matter which way we turned, ended up landing on one form of consistency or another. Consistency not only enhances a listener’s enjoyment but can also promote sustainability and growth.
Guess what: Consistency also benefits Podcast Editors like you too!
Key topics covered: Why predictability in podcast formats keeps audiences engaged and builds community * The role of podcast editors as managers and consultants to improve show structure and format * Tips to streamline production* and make better podcasts
Key moments:(00:00) "Podcast Consistency Over Structure"
(06:07) Keeping listeners engaged mid-episode
(07:20) Consistency: The way to earn Trust with an audience
(10:38) When a podcast changes their episode format
(12:37) Using a compelling clip as a “cold open”
(14:55) How consistency during recording benefits the Podcast Editor
(18:31) Insight on Directing a Podcast
About Wendy Wawrzyniak:Wendy is an experienced educator, speaker, and consultant, specializing in AP History instruction and content creation strategies. As the founder of AP History Help, she provides online courses, tutoring, and resources to help students excel in AP History courses.
With a background in virtual teaching and curriculum development, Wendy has also created The World is Your Classroom, where she has expanded her expertise to the podcasting world, speaking twice at Podfest and serving as an education consultant for conferences.
She is now leveraging her experience to help podcasters improve their show structure, audience engagement, and presentation skills.
Find her at https://TheWorldisYourClassroom.net
- Connect with Wendy on Instagram
- Connect with Wendy on Facebook
- Connect with Wendy on LinkedIn
Let's have some fun! Can you find the content edit points?* Send Steve an email with the timestamp(s) * Want to watch the entire 32 minute, unedited video recording? Email Steve
Tools:*Riverside.fm to record
We used Riverside to record this episode. Use code Yetis at *https://creators.riverside.fm/Yetis for 15% off a membership plan.
*Castmagic.io for show notes
Castmagic assisted in the crafting of this episode description. Of course, we removed the phrases “Join us as we dive into”, “Uncover the secret behind” and “elevate your podcasting game” - because we also edit our copy!
*Captivate.fm for media hosting
We use Captivate to host the audio episodes. Captivate offers amazing features for a low monthly price, including full control of dynamic insertion, embedded chapters, and Blocks/Shortcodes to quickly add content to show notes (either static or dynamically!)
Use of the above affiliate links may earn us a commission, which is used to support the efforts of this show. Thank you in advance for your support!
Episode Notes: https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/episode/is-consistency-more-important-than-a-great-show-format
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
What are the consequences of hiring the wrong client? What if you need to make money but don't have any good clients yet? Do you start with UpWork or Fiverr?
Ashley Dickerson-Ellison shares some great stories about leaving her teaching job when they moved overseas for a couple years. She starting her podcast editing business and did what many of us do: Offered services on UpWork.
Make sure you stay to the end for the story about the guy who interrupted her trip, then came back and asked if she had references. It's a horrible, but funny story I think we can all relate to.
Key Discussion Points* The cost of lower-value clients on commodity job websites * The mental shift from an employee to self-employed mindset * Building a personal brand with a podcast and website * The importance of getting help
Episode Notes: https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/episode/the-mental-health-of-hiring-the-wrong-client
Our guest: Ashley Dickson-EllisonAshley Dickson-Ellison has been in the podcasting world since 2018 with the launch of Unabridged, a podcast about books.
She has 17 years of working in education before transitioning to full time podcast work in 2021.
Ashley founded and runs Unabridged Digital Media Solutions, LLC, where she supports podcast launches, offers podcast consultations and strategy support, and provides ongoing podcast management with a full suite of services for several partners.
In her free time, you'll find Ashley exploring the world and spending time outside with her life partner and two daughters. Find her at https://www.ashleydicksonellison.com
Connect with Ashley:
- https://www.ashleydicksonellison.com
Mentioned in this episode:
Podcast Editor Academy
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
The word for 2024 in podcasting was "CHANGE". We had the rise of AI, the increasing importance of video, and key industry leaders leaving their roles.
Podcast Editors Club members emphasized the need to sound natural and not scripted, navigate the complications of offering video editing, and the significance of knowing how to use dynamic ad insertion.
We particularly highlight the importance of staying adaptable and diversifying income streams to maintain staying power. Podcast Editors like you can enhance your value by offering SEO services, collateral for social media, and media host management. Most importantly, Podcast Editors need to effectively communicate the value of these services to their clients to ensure continued growth and success in the evolving podcasting landscape.
Key Discussion Points* Rise of AI tools and the significance of sounding natural * Importance of video components and challenges in video editing * Dynamic ad insertion as a valuable skill for editors * Staying adaptable and diversifying income streams * Effective communication of the value of additional services
Note: Ai was used to generate the basis of this episode summary.
Special thanks to Podcast Editors Club community members:
- Joshua Liston
- Roy Garcia
- Sarah Decker
- Matthew Bliss
- Dave Jackson
- Mike Wilkerson
Episode Notes: https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/episode/whats-critical-for-a-podcast-in-2025
Join the Podcast Editors Club newsletter for free:
https://PodcastEditorAcademy.com/newsletter
Mentioned in this episode:
Podcast Editor Academy
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
You are a podcast editor, otherwise why are you listening to this show?
You wanna know how to make it as a podcast editor, whether professionally, or as a serious side hustle, or if you just want to get better at editing your own podcast.
If you're a Podcast Editor, Manager, or Producer...this is the show for you!
And since you're a Podcast Editor/Manager/Producer, I don't need to tell you how to follow this show in your favorite podcast app 😉.
However, to stay in touch with other information that can help Podcast Editors like you, subscribe for free to the https://www.PodcastEditorAcademy.com/newsletter.
We will see YOU on the other side of the mic!
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
Are you charging enough?
Do you charge more or less than your peers?
What can you do to earn more for your podcast editing efforts?
Find out as we reveal the rates and effective hourly rates being charged by indie podcasters just like you!
Episode Notes: https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/episode/the-2024-podcast-editor-industry-survey-reveal-
Key Discussion Points* Editors charged $199 USD for an average hour-long episode * They spent less time to complete the task, making their effective hourly average rate higher! * We also discuss which additional services seem to impact what editors charge for their audio editing projects
Links And Resources* Get the survey slides by signing up for the free Podcast Editor Academy newsletter * Receive special access and benefits by joining The Mastermind
Our Podcast EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
The Podcast Editors Mastermind Show has entered a new season.
In this episode (which is #101, btw): Steve Stewart and Mark Deal lay out for you what’s new in Season 2.
We share what the show will be about, the benefits for all Podcast Editors everywhere, and how YOU can be involved!
To be involved and get instant access to the Mastermind member benefits we talk about at 09:22, use coupon code Season2
Episode Notes: https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/episode/whats-new-for-season-2-of-the-podcast-editors-mastermind-show
This episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Steve Stewart. Why? Because it's been years since he has podcasted and needed to review his performance. #experiencepoints
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
Celebrate with us in this milestone Mastermind Show: Episode 100!
Yeti Bryan and Yeti Jennifer reflect on what we got right, what could have been done better, and things that were "not so good".
Joining us is Steve Stewart and Mark Deal from the Podcast Editor Academy - WITH A BIG ANNOUNCEMENT!
We are wrapping up Season 1 of the Podcast Editors Mastermind Show, and Season 2 will be hosted by Steve & Mark (with appearances from the founders too, of course).
After listening, PLEASE send in your feedback AND REQUESTS FOR FUTURE TOPICS to umyeah@podcasteditorsmastermind.com. We hope to incorporate them into future releases!
Key Discussion Points The story behind how the Mastermind started * Year 1 and Year 2: What changed? * What we got RIGHT: Community, the need for a show like this, "editing practice" for new Podcast Editors * What we didn't get right: No clear monetization strategy, inconsistency, stopping our off-camera mastermind meetings * The transition to Season 2 * Everybody hates change, and here's why change is needed (listen to the episode to hear more)*
Links And Resources* Podcast Editor Academy: https://podcasteditoracademy.com * Podcast Atlanta: https://podatl.com * Article by The College Investor: https://thecollegeinvestor.com/47758/google-ai-misleads-in-43-of-finance-related-searches
Favorite Episodes Bryan's fave: Ep 82 - How Virginia Elder Went From Accounting to Owning a Podcast Production Company * Jennifer's fave: Ep 90 - Darrell Darnell's Journey to Build a Podcast Editing Team * Steve's fave: Ep 11* - Britany Felix: Attract the RIGHT Clients for Your Business
The First Client SeriesFeed (to subscribe): https://feeds.captivate.fm/podcast-editors-mastermind/first-client-stories
Playlist Link: https://player.captivate.fm/collection/96ecac6b-0152-49ab-912e-78727f644efd
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
Are your podcast clients getting bad audio and video from themselves or their guests? We share tips on how to address the issue, whether you're there to help them or not.
Episode Notes: https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/episode/keys-to-helping-podcast-clients-look-and-sound-great
- Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind
- Rate or Review the Podcast Editors Mastermind
- Send us a message or comment for the show!
We're sharing some of the keys to helping your podcast clients sound and look great. It might feel uncomfortable initially, but it offers great benefits for your clients, their audience, and you.
We'll explore how to help them create a good recording space for success, whether it's an audio studio or a video set. Then we'll talk about the thing we ALL love to obsess over - the GEAR!
Of course, it doesn't stop there, because having a great studio with great gear won't get the results your clients are looking for if they don't use it right. Or if they let their guests set the standard for what should be considered "good."
Editors can assist by encouraging clients to speak up if guests aren't performing well or by stepping in for the host during live recordings.
Riverside.fmThis episode is sponsored by Riverside.fm, the leading tool for podcast and video recordings. Visit riverside.fm and use code Yetis to start recording studio quality sound and video and get 15% off a membership plan.
https://creators.riverside.fm/Yetis
Key Discussion Points* The importance of a controlled space * How to bring up the discussion of quality with clients * What is more important than expensive cameras and mirophones * Recognizing that sometimes clients have different expectations, and we can't always "fix" everything
Links And Resources* Zoom PodTrak P4 Portable Multitrack Podcast Recorder * Rode RCP2 RODECaster Pro II Integrated Audio Production Studio * sE Electronics V7 Handheld Supercardioid Dynamic * Sennheiser e 835 Cardioid Handheld Dynamic Microphone * RODE PodMic USB and XLR Dynamic Broadcast Microphone * Shure MV7+ Podcast XLR/USB Microphone * Samson Q9U XLR/USB Dynamic Broadcast Microphone * ATR2100x-USB * Samson Q2U * CapCut * OpusClip * Boomcaster * Zoom * Microsoft Teams
Join Us Live!We stream live to our Facebook page and to YouTube every other week.
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. Fill out this form to let us know you're interested, and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis Are* Daniel Abendroth | Roth Media * Carrie Caulfield | Carrie.Land * Bryan Entzminger | Top Tier Audio * Jennifer Longworth | Bourbon Barrel Podcasting
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
Carrie, Bryan, and Jennifer talk about succeeding in a competitive market. They discuss how to handle geeky clients and the use of AI in podcasting.
Episode Notes: https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/episode/starting-over-from-square-two-as-a-proven-podcast-editor
- Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind
- Rate and Review the Podcast Editors Mastermind
- Leave text or voice feedback
We're diving deep into the business side of podcast editing—the gritty, no-nonsense reality behind the glamorous facade. Carrie Caulfield is sharing advice on how to attract the perfect, slightly nerdy but passionate client who wants to learn about podcasting. She's no fairy godmother; think more hard work, less magic formula.
We remember what it was like starting between 2015-2017, share a few technical challenges we're psyched to have tackled, and chat about the struggles of staying on top of our games. Oh, and we can’t forget Daniel’s absence—he’s busy, but we miss him tons.
Stick around as we share some laughter, business insights, and heartfelt moments, all while being exceptionally thankful for you tuned-in masterminds. Ready to boost your podcasting prowess? Let’s get into it!
Riverside.fmThis episode is sponsored by Riverside.fm, the leading tool for podcast and video recordings. Visit riverside.fm and use code Yetis to start recording studio quality sound and video and get 15% off a membership plan.
https://creators.riverside.fm/Yetis
Key Discussion Points* What led to Carrie's current situation * How Carrie is approaching building her business up differently the second time * A couple of ways that AI can help us serve our clients better * Why it's important to really be focused on the fundamentals * Will AI steal our jobs?
Links And Resources* iZotope RX 11 * Descript * ChatGPT * LinkedIn * Opus Clip * CapCut
Join Us Live!We stream live to our Facebook page and to YouTube every other week.
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
NOTE: Don't blame Alejandro for the video version. Bryan is learning how to edit video and Alejandro has already given him some constructive feedback. Thanks, Alejandro!
Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. Fill out this form to let us know you're interested, and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis Are* Daniel Abendroth | Roth Media * Carrie Caulfield | Carrie.Land * Bryan Entzminger | Top Tier Audio * Jennifer Longworth | Bourbon Barrel Podcasting
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
It seems like everybody is talking about video in the podcasting space. Is it worth it? How should we help our clients set their expectations? Listen for more!
Episode Notes: https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/episode/is-video-the-big-gamechanger-podcast-editors-hope-for
- Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind
- Rate and Review the Podcast Editors Mastermind
- Leave text or voice feedback
Rick Sellnow from Lexington Public Library will talk about video podcasts, including the importance of quality, using platforms like YouTube, Instagram Reels, and TikTok, and managing costs and time.
We'll also answer a fun AI-generated question: If you could have any animal as a tame miniature pet, which one would you choose and why? Our answers might surprise you.
Join us as we explore taking your podcast to the next level in the age of video. Let’s GOOOO!
Riverside.fmThis episode is sponsored by Riverside.fm, the leading tool for podcast and video recordings. Visit riverside.fm and use code Yetis to start recording studio quality sound and video and get 15% off a membership plan.
https://creators.riverside.fm/Yetis
Key Discussion Points* Is it really a podcast? (Just kidding - we talk about it, but we don't go crazy.) * Why high-quality tools and software matter * Working with limited budgets * The importance of setting expectations * What exponential reacn REALLY means and how video plays into that * The dark side of algorithm-driven exponential reach
Links And Resources* Storyblocks * The YouTube Formula * Wikimedia Commons * Pixabay * Podcast Editor Academy
About Rick SellnowRick Sellnow is a keen observer of the digital media landscape, particularly the blending of podcasts and video content. He notes YouTube's recent shifts, emphasizing its roots in talking head shows and highlighting the undeniable influence of major figures like Joe Rogan. Rick underscores the significance of this convergence, showcasing his deep understanding of the evolving interplay between audio and visual media.
Connect with Rick Sellnow
- LinkedIn
Join Us Live!We stream live to our Facebook page and to YouTube every other week.
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
Also, special thanks to Carrie Caulfield for her help in shaping the content.
Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. Fill out this form to let us know you're interested, and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis Are* Daniel Abendroth | Roth Media * Carrie Caulfield | Carrie.Land * Bryan Entzminger | Top Tier Audio * Jennifer Longworth | Bourbon Barrel Podcasting
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
Podcast editors need to work smarter, not harder. We dive into tools, templates, and tips (like multiple monitors) to make your podcast editing process easier and faster.
Episode Notes: https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/episode/speed-up-your-podcast-editing-without-sacrificing-quality-or-sanity
- Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind
- Rate and Review the Podcast Editors Mastermind
- Leave text or voice feedback
Podcast Editors, are you looking for ways to speed up your editing process? If so, you're inluck because that's what we're talking about.
I know... we asked the question and then answered it. Weird, right? :)
In any event, we're diving deep into the nitty-gritty of speeding up your podcast editing process. But this isn't a list of hacks designed to sacrifice quality in pursute of ultimate speed. We're talking about time-tested (and Yeti approved) tips that help US edit faster.
Fire up your studio monitors or grab your favorite pair of headphones and let's get into it.
Riverside.fmThis episode is sponsored by Riverside.fm, the leading tool for podcast and video recordings. Visit riverside.fm and use code Yetis to start recording studio quality sound and video and get 15% off a membership plan.
https://creators.riverside.fm/Yetis
Key Discussion Points* Speeding up audio cleaning and repair * Streamlining settings and options * Using templates and standardized file structures to remove hurdles * Collaboration software for client reviews and revisions * Embracing new technology (thoughtfully) * Editing faster by listening faster
Links And Resources* Your connected workspace for wiki, docs & projects | Notion * Basecamp: Project management software, online collaboration * The platform to build next‒gen apps | Airtable * Personal Cloud Storage & File Sharing Platform - Google Drive * Dropbox * Audio recording and editing software | Adobe Audition * Hindenburg * Audacity ® | Free Audio editor, recorder, music making and more! * Notetracks Pro | Audio Review and Collaboration * REAPER | Audio Production Without Limits * iZotope RX 11
Join Us Live!We stream live to our Facebook page and to YouTube every other week.
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. Fill out this form to let us know you're interested, and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis Are* Daniel Abendroth | Roth Media * Carrie Caulfield | Carrie.Land * Bryan Entzminger | Top Tier Audio * Jennifer Longworth | Bourbon Barrel Podcasting
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
Curious about Adobe’s AI controversy? Wondering how the FTC's suit might impact your subscriptions? Join us as we discuss how these (and more) might affect podcast editors and their clients.
Episode Notes: https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/episode/adobe-lawsuit-ai-considerations-editing-software
- Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind
- Rate and Review the Podcast Editors Mastermind
- Leave text or voice feedback
As podcast editors, our clients rely on us to stay informed about industry news to prevent errors and missteps. But it seems like there's always something new to stay on top of. And most of the news sources are aimed towards podcasters.
Join us as Jennifer and Bryan discuss some of the recent announcements in the podcast space, but with the perspective of how it could affect us as editors and our clients.
We're not here to tell you what to think, but to spur the conversation so that you're well-equipped to operate your business and help your clients stay ahead of the curve without having to invest all their time following every new announcement.
Key Discussion Points* Adobe sued by FTC for account cancellation practices * Some are suspicious of Adobe's and AI; Adobe released a statement * Apple will allow call recording in the future * Spotify for Podcasters sunsets creative tools * Spotify adds video support for shows not hosted on Spotify * Some tools you might consider for sharing shows and episodes, text-based editing, and getting guest releases and contracts signed
Links And Resources* Libretto | AppSumo - This is an affiliate link. Bryan benefits from qualified purchases. * BreezeDoc - Get your documents signed fast | AppSumo - This is an affiliate link. Bryan benefits from qualified purhcases. * Podcast Editor Academy - This is an affiliate link. Qualifying purchases benefit Bryan. * Podcast Editors Mastermind on Pod.link * Accentize dxRevive Pro Triumphs in Dialogue Restoration Plugin Shootout - Accentize * Adobe’s hidden cancellation fee is unlawful, FTC suit says | Ars Technica * Adobe’s new terms of service say it won’t train AI on customers’ work - The Verge * Episodes.fm - a great way to share podcast links * FTC Sues Adobe Over Hard-to-Cancel Subscriptions and Fees - The New York Times * Adobe Research » Artificial Intelligence & Machine Learning * Adobe is NOT training AI with your cloud files : r/photoshop * Adobe will use your work to train its AI algorithms • The Register * Evolving how you create on Spotify for Podcasters * Uploading video episodes if you’re not hosted with Spotify * Podnews Weekly Review - Podcasting in Africa; plus, Spotify's video uploading * The Feed Episode 270 WWDC Highlights Through Podcasting Lens, Apple Intelligence, and Podcast Economics * Apple Will Finally Add Call Recording to the Phone App | Lifehacker
Join Us Live!We stream live to our Facebook page and to YouTube every other week.
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Bryan Entzminger. You can find him at TopTierAudio.com if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. Fill out this form to let us know you're interested, and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis Are* Daniel Abendroth | Roth Media * Carrie Caulfield | Carrie.Land * Bryan Entzminger | Top Tier Audio * Jennifer Longworth | Bourbon Barrel Podcasting
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
Why do LUFS matter more than decibels for your podcast? Unpack the difference and a lot more as we explain the crazy jargon podcast editors need to know.
Episode Notes: https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/episode/the-terminology-survival-guide-for-podcast-editors
- Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind
- Rate and Review the Podcast Editors Mastermind
- Leave text or voice feedback
You may not know this, but there's a TON of jargon in the podcasting space - especially for those of us who are involved in producing shows. Sometimes the words we use are clear and sometimes they may have multiple meanings.
Join us for this valuable episode where we discuss confusing and commonly misunderstood words.
But you know us - that's not enough. Almost nobody wins an award for vocabulary. However... if we can translate those words to what's important for our clients, we have a better chance of winning their business.
And that's what we want, isn't it?
To do our jobs well, get paid for it, and have happy clients.
So, let's get to it!
Key Discussion Points* Is echo really the problem you're dealing with? * Acoustic tiles are ineffective for soundproofing your studio. * What matters more in podcasting - LUFS or dB? * What's the difference between a producer, engineer, and editor in podcasting? * Is dynamic insertion just for ads?
Links And Resources* Accentize dxRevive - AI Speech Restoration Audio Plugin * Supertone Clear * What is the Fletcher Munson Curve?
About Jesse McCuneJesse is no stranger to the Podcast Editors Mastermind. He's a podcast engineer who also provides training and coaching at tansyasteracademy.com. You should check it out!
Connect with Jesse McCune
- Tansyasteracademy.com
Join Us Live!We stream live to our Facebook page and to YouTube every other week.
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Bryan Entzminger. You can find him at TopTierAudio.com if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. Fill out this form to let us know you're interested, and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis Are* Daniel Abendroth | Roth Media * Carrie Caulfield | Carrie.Land * Bryan Entzminger | Top Tier Audio * Jennifer Longworth | Bourbon Barrel Podcasting
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
Jennifer has some real marketing magic! Discover how she shifted from no-engagement Instagram posts to a true powerhouse strategy that has tripled her business.
Episode Notes: https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/episode/pem093-podcast-editor-marketing-secrets
- Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind
- Rate and Review the Podcast Editors Mastermind
- Leave text or voice feedback
Feeling stuck with your podcast editing business? It’s all too easy to feel like you’re spinning your wheels, not making the connections or gaining the clients you need. You might even be wondering if all that hard work networking and marketing is ever going to pay off.
But enough about the problem... because we all face it.
Jennifer's business has tripled in the last six months. And the interesting thing - she didn't make a wholesale change to what she was doing. She's still focused on the long game, on being generous and kind, and investing in in-person relationships.
But something shifted for her. And she's going to share some of that with us in this episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind.
Let’s jump in!
Key Discussion Points* Creating opportunities instead of waiting for them * Not all groups are the right groups * Opportunities from unexpected places * Playing the long game
Links And Resources* Bourbon Barrel Podcasting on Facebook * Big Echo Creative * Podcast Movement Evolutions - Podcaster & Podcast Industry Conference * NAWBO National - The National Association of Women Business Owners * Women Leading Kentucky * BNI: Business Network International * Amanda Riley | LinkedIn - On the Ball Administrative Consulting
Join Us Live!We stream live to our Facebook page and to YouTube every other week.
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. Fill out this form to let us know you're interested, and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis Are* Daniel Abendroth | Roth Media * Carrie Caulfield | Carrie.Land * Bryan Entzminger | Top Tier Audio * Jennifer Longworth | Bourbon Barrel Podcasting
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
We're always reviewing and streamlining our processes as the landscape changes. Here are the tips, tools, and processes that are working in 2024.
Episode Notes: https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/episode/pem092-2024-podcast-editor-best-practices
- Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind
- Rate and Review the Podcast Editors Mastermind
- Leave text or voice feedback
Hey there, welcome back! We're diving deep into the nitty-gritty of our podcast editing businesses today.
As you know, it's not all about slicing and dicing audio - there's a lot of business sense and a bit of madness that comes into play. Join me as I guide you through our latest shenanigans and strategies for navigating the ever-changing world of podcast editing.
Today, we have updates on adjusting our processes, pricing, and tools to keep up with growing demands. Jennifer will explain how she occasionally transfers shows to someone else when she's not in the mood to edit, and why she's considering increasing my prices. Spoiler alert: it's not just for kicks!
We will also discuss how Daniel is improving his client interactions using tech tools, and how Bryan is excited about his new software toys and considering making big decisions like hiring employees.
And because we love to keep you on your toes, we'll touch on the more techie side of things, debating the virtues of various AI tools and audio repair gizmos that promise to make our lives easier. From Adobe’s enhancer to the mysterious MacWhisper, we've got the lowdown on what's hot and what's not.
Key Discussion Points* How the changing business landscape affects how we get our work done * The tools we're using to manage our business * How Bryan is breaking away from iZotope RX (and what Jennifer and Daniel are using) * Getting local help instead of investing in an internet "business guru"
Links And Resources* Auphonic - Jennifer sometimes uses Auphonic to get final loudness or to level out inconsistent levels and had a good experience with their support team. * Google Meet: Online Web and Video Conferencing Calls | Google Workspace - Bryan is using this as a Zoom replacement for most of his prospect and client calls. * DaVinci Resolve 19 | Blackmagic Design - Bryan is still talking about DaVinci Resolve. He's using it for some editing, but not all. * Nextcloud - Open source content collaboration platform - Nextcoud was mentioned in the chat as a collaboration tool. Might be worth checking out. * Minvo - Turn your videos into clips for social media | AppSumo - The tool that Daniel recently found to help him pull out short videos for Shorts and Reels. * Castmagic - 10x Audio Content With AI - All three of us use Castmagic to help us quickly come up with titles, descriptions, and more. Bryan used it on this episode. (This is an affiliate link. Qualifying purchases benefit Bryan.) * Capsho - The Fastest Way to Repurpose & Market Your Expert Content - Jennifer uses Capsho to help put together show notes, titles, and social content. Bryan and Daniel have used it as well. * AutoMixer, one of Leandro's plugins on Github - Daniel likes the AutoMixer for Reaper * Fresh Air - Daniel uses Fresh Air. * DeRoom - Reverb Removal - Accentize - Daniel likes Accentize DeRoom for reverb reduction. * Waves Audio - Mixing, Mastering & Music Production Tools - Daniel uses a several Waves plugins - NS1, VocalRider, Sibilance, API2500,, and Scheps Omni Channel. * REAPER | Audio Production Without Limits - Reaper is Daniel's DAW of choice. * Automate your work today | Zapier - Daniel uses Zapier for some of his automations. * The platform to build next‒gen apps | Airtable - Daniel uses Airtable for project management. * Enhance Speech from Adobe | Free AI filter for cleaning up spoken audio - Jennifer and Daniel both like Adobe Enhance Speech. * Slack is your productivity platform | Slack - Daniel handles client communication in Slack. We also use it for this show. * Pabbly - Online Marketing & Sales Software - Pabbly is an alternative to Zapier for automations and integrations. * Google Workspace: Secure Online Productivity & Collaboration Tools - We use Google Workspace (sometimes called GSuite, Google Drive, etc. because they keep changing the name of it). * Dropbox.com - We all use Dropbox for file sharing. * ClickUp™ | One app to replace them all - ClickUp is what Bryan uses for project management. * Electronic Signature Software - SignWell, Formerly Docsketch - Signwell is what Bryan uses for contracts. * 🎙️ MacWhisper - MacWhisper is what Bryan uses for transcriptions. He used it on this episode. * SoundID Reference - Speaker & Headphone Calibration - Bryan uses SoundID (SonarWorks) to help correct for room and studio monitor (or headphone) anomalies. * Accentize dxRevive Pro Triumphs in Dialogue Restoration Plugin Shootout - Accentize - Bryan uses dxRevive Pro as a plugin for those REALLY bad recordings. * Supertone Clear - Supertone Clear is a plugin that does a great job with noise reduction and reverb reduction. It's what Bryan uses because Jesse McCune suggested it. * Acon Digital | Audio Editing and Processing - Bryan said "Accusonus" but meant Acon Digital. Another repair tool he's used. * iZotope RX - We've all used RX for audio repair. * Youlean Loudness Meter - Bryan likes this to help him measure loundess to get it all dialed in. * The Glue – Cytomic - Bryan likes this for a bus compressor. * sonible | Audio Soft- & Hardware made in Austria - Bryan really likes the smart:EQ4, smart:comp2, smart:deess, smart:limit, and smart:gate. These tools help him dial in settings quickly. * Hindenburg - Bryan's preferred audio editing software. At least for now :)
Remember, the right tools can really streamline how much of a headache managing all this can be. Dive in, and maybe you’ll find something that simplifies your life a bit!
Join Us Live!We stream live to our Facebook page and to YouTube every other week.
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. Fill out this form to let us know you're interested, and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis Are* Daniel Abendroth | Roth Media * Carrie Caulfield | Carrie.Land * Bryan Entzminger | Top Tier Audio * Jennifer Longworth | Bourbon Barrel Podcasting
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
Ever wonder what a podcast editor's life looks like? Patrick spills the beans on how he swapped lesson plans for audio timelines.
Episode Notes: https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/episode/patrick-keller-made-the-leap-from-education-to-podcast-editing
- Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind
- Rate and Review the Podcast Editors Mastermind
- Leave text or voice feedback
Hey there! Thanks for stopping by!
We're here with a fresh story from the editing trenches. We're shining the spotlight on Patrick Keller, a retired music teacher who’s now orchestrating the world of podcast editing. Imagine going from teaching vocals and piano to slicing and dicing audio waves – that’s Patrick for you!
He started his new career by working on a lot of podcast episodes that still needed editing. He quickly learned a lot, trying out different things like organizing guests and doing live shows. But here's the catch - Patrick mostly taught himself how to edit, relying a lot on plugins that, to be honest, sometimes don't work well.
With tools like RXConnect and Reaper, he now faces the challenges of audio editing without the instant feedback provided by old plugins. And talking about feedback, you won't believe where some of his adjustments originate from - a car test!
Stick with us as we dive deeper with Patrick, exploring everything from audio mishaps to eerie paranormal podcasting. Whether you are an experienced editor or simply curious, there is some valuable advice for you here.
Alright, let’s get rolling!
Key Discussion Points* How the switch to podcast editing was a breath of fresh air * How Patrick is streamlining his workflows * The value of structure and processes * The need for speed!
Links And Resources* Podcast Editors Mastermind Group - If you haven't already, connect with us here! * The Big Séance Podcast - This is Patricks show. * DaVinci Resolve + iZotope RX Integration - Alejandro shared this in the livestream chat. * How to use RX Connect in Adobe Audition - This is a great way for Adobe Audition users to get the most out of iZotope RX.
These tools and websites are essential for our podcast editing. They not only provide the necessary resources but also connect us with the industry's latest updates and communities.
Join Us Live!We stream live to our Facebook page and to YouTube every other week.
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. Fill out this form to let us know you're interested, and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis Are* Daniel Abendroth | Roth Media * Carrie Caulfield | Carrie.Land * Bryan Entzminger | Top Tier Audio * Jennifer Longworth | Bourbon Barrel Podcasting
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
Darrell shares his journey in podcasting, building a team, managing cash flow, and valuing human touch in AI's rise.
Episode Notes: https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/episode/pem090-darrell-darnell
- Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind
- Rate and Review the Podcast Editors Mastermind
- Leave text or voice feedback
Ever thought about how to create a great podcast editing team or expand from being a one-person operation to a full editing service? Buckle up because today, we're diving into team building with our special guest Darrell Darnell from Pro Podcast Solutions.
In a galaxy very near to us, Darrell started his editing journey on Star Wars Day (May the Fourth be with you…) as a solo editor, but he always planned to build a team. He knew that he wanted to focus on what he did best and, unlike Lord Vader, provide the support and guidance to allow his team to serve their clients well.
As you might imagine, Darrell has picked up a few things over the past 11 years. Stick around as we dig into the ins and outs of working with contractors across the cosmos, hiring practices that allow him to choose his Jedi Knights well, and navigating the treacherous waters of Imperial laws and tax advisors.
You're sure to be scribbling notes faster than R2-D2 can project a hologram. Are you powered up, locked in, and ready to go?
It's time to start the show!
Listen to Discover* How Pro Podcast Solutions got started * Darrell's insights into finding and vetting potential team members * Whether skill and talent are more important than attitude and perspective * Handling tricky situations like potential team poaching * The power of direct lines of communication * The importance of feedback loops and quality control * How Darrell's financial structure enables what he does (and what he might change if he could start over)
Links And Resources* Slack - Darrell and his team use Slack for team communications. * Basecamp - This is the project management software that Darrell and his team use. * Adobe Audition - This is the editing software that Darrel and his team use (exclusively). * Darrell Darnell (@Mardarrell) / X - You can connect with Darrell on X (formerly Twitter). * The Big Leap - This is the book that Darrell mentioned. * Pro Podcast Solutions Podcast Editing and Consulting - This is Darrel's company.
Now, before you go on a digital shopping spree, remember, it’s not just about the tools; it’s how you wield them that counts. Happy editing!
About Darrell DarnellDarrell Darnell is the founder of Pro Podcast Solutions. He plunged into the world of podcast editing in 2013 and hasn't looked back. He and his business have come a long way from those solo-editor days nearly eleven years ago to managing over 150 clients today. As you can imagine, he has a lot to share about how he built his team.
Connect with Darrell
- ProPodcastSolutions.com
- @mardarrell on X
Join Us Live!We stream live to our Facebook page and to YouTube every other week.
Follow the Show!* Choose your favorite app!
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. Fill out this form to let us know you're interested, and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis Are* Daniel Abendroth | Roth Media * Carrie Caulfield | Carrie.Land * Bryan Entzminger | Top Tier Audio * Jennifer Longworth | Bourbon Barrel Podcasting
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts.
Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work!
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
Hey there, fellow audio wizards! Get ready to have your mind filled with golden nuggets of podcast editing wisdom in this latest chat we stitched together for you.
Jennifer and Bryan have been in the trenches, debating if the magic of our editing hands needs a showcase or if word-of-mouth does the trick. Spoiler alert: we don't exactly hear ear-to-ear on this (see what we did there?). While Bryan is all for flaunting your audio flair, Jennifer’s got a point — some clients care more about the whisper of a solid testimonial than a flashy edited collage.
We’ll dive deep into the world of demo reels, those pesky legal bits to think about before using your work as samples, and that headache-inducing task of updating your website. We might even shed light on why you should swap that "Hire me!" page for Jesse McCune's suggestion for something different.
So buckle up, pour a fresh cup of joe, and let's chop it up, editor to editor. And as always, we've got some laughs in store because, let's be honest, life's too short for dull conversations. Let's hit play on this treasure trove of insights!
Episode Notes: https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/episode/pem089-portfolios
Listen to Discover* The challenges an audio-first medium faces when creating a portfolio. * Why we need to be super choosy about what we put into our portfolios. * One creative way to showcase your work WITHOUT highlighting client mistakes. * A potential SEO strategy you might be able to use. * What Steve Stewart says might be more valuable than a portfolio. * How we incorporated a bit of AI into creating this episode. :)
Links And Resources* Podchaser - Bryan Entzminger - Bryan shared how the link to Podchaser includes EVERYTHING you're credited with. Not just your editing work. * Podchaser - Steve Stewart - Steve Stewart shared the link to his Podchaser credits. This is one way to give people a taste of the work you've done. * EXAMPLES | protechmusic.com - These are the audio examples that Tim shared. We discussed them in the episode. * Podcast Editors Mastermind Group - Our recent Facebook discussion about portfolios.
And while we waxed poetic about demos, portfolios, platforms, and the cheeky antique key conundrum (got any ideas on that?), we didn't dive into a long list of tools this time. We focused more on the "how" and "why" behind showcasing your mad editing skills.
If you're hyperventilating because you expected some software name-dropping, don't fret! A previous brain-picking might have just what you need – check out our episodes archive or our Facebook group for those nitty-gritty details.
Keep those ears sharp and your sense of humor sharper, and remember to only share the work you have rights to. Legal oopsies are no joke! Happy editing, and let's continue making podcasts sound like a million bucks.
Join Us Live!We stream live to our Facebook page and to YouTube every other week.
Follow the Show!* Choose your favorite app!
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. Fill out this form to let us know you're interested, and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis Are* Daniel Abendroth | Roth Media * Carrie Caulfield | Carrie.Land * Bryan Entzminger | Top Tier Audio * Jennifer Longworth | Bourbon Barrel Podcasting
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts.
Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work!
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
Hello and welcome, fellow editors and audio enthusiasts. Today on Podcast Editors Mastermind, we have a crucial conversation lined up, one that veers into the often overlooked territory of the podcast editing business—beyond just the financials, we delve deep into the mindset essential for success.
Together, we will shed light on the vital practice of setting boundaries with clients, not just to preserve sanity, but to establish a sustainable business model. It's about knowing when to raise those rates or, if necessary, part ways with clients that may not align with our business goals or values.
We'll explore the challenges of scaling our services, striking a balance between growing our business and maintaining the quality our clients have come to expect. Heather will also share her expertise on classifying workers correctly, navigating payroll, and the importance of suitable bookkeeping practices.
Be prepared for an enriching session that will arm you with the insights needed to take actionable steps toward solidifying the foundation of your editing business. You might find the ideas discussed today to be just as crucial as the latest editing software or mixing technique.
So let's embark on this journey of professional growth together. Prepare to be informed, inspired, and ready to take your podcast editing business to greater heights.
Listen to Discover* Navigating Client Relationships * Contracts and Setting Boundaries * Pricing Strategies * Financial Management and Growth * The Legalities of Contract Work * Improving Operations and Client Fit * Valuable Life Advice Sharing * Expert Perspectives and Recommendations
Links And Resources* Here is the Gusto affiliate link where you will receive $100 Visa Gift Card if you sign up for payroll using this link: https://gusto.com/r/heather5388 * https://getradicalprofitgrowthaccelerator.com/scope-creep * Waveapps.com: https://www.waveapps.com * QuickBooks: https://quickbooks.intuit.com * Notion: https://www.notion.so * Airtable: https://www.airtable.com * RescueTime: https://www.rescuetime.com * Toggl: https://toggl.com * Gordon Firemark: https://firemark.com * Be part of the live experience
About Heather ZeitzwolfeHeather Zeitzwolfe is a seasoned professional with a sharp grasp on the complexities of scope creep in service industries, particularly where creative work is involved. With extensive experience dealing with varying business dynamics, she recognizes the challenges caused by work that expands beyond initial projections—whether due to employees exceeding the brief to impress, clients requesting unrecompensed extras, or communication failures.
- https://www.linkedin.com/in/heatherzeitzwolfe
- https://www.facebook.com/GetRadBiz
- https://getradicalprofitgrowthaccelerator.com/
- https://getradicalwithyourbusiness.buzzsprout.com/
EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on Facebook if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. Fill out this form to let us know you're interested, and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis Are* Daniel Abendroth | Roth Media * Jennifer Longworth | Bourbon Barrel Podcasting * Carrie Caulfield Arick | YaYa Podcasting * Bryan Entzminger | Top Tier Audio
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts.
Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work!
Follow or subscribe and take the Podcast Editors Mastermind with you today!
- Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind
- Share your love for the Podcast Editors Mastermind
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
Join us today as we explore the world of podcasting with the renowned Daniel J. Lewis. We’re all about breaking down the mystique of Podcasting 2.0 – because embracing new tech isn't just for the gearheads; it's for us Yetis who like to stay ahead of the curve.
Apple's given the nod to the transcript tag and we're here to unwrap why that's more than just a back-pat for accessibility. Think transcripts are just for readability? Think again! There's a universe of uses here, from better understanding to snazzy in-app excerpts.
So, ready your headphones, we're about to cruise through the latest in hosts and features – some good, some sleep-inducing. Keep those apps updated, those tags compliant, and your humor on point - let's roll!
Listen to Discover* Why the trusty old RSS feed is actually more poised to support innovation than some closed platform. * How staying on top of Podcasting 2.0 features can help you serve your clients better. * Why one Podcasting 2.0 feature can absolutely transform how audiences and podcasters engage. Because we've never heard a client complain that they wish they could get less engagement. * Which hosting providers are helping push the envelope. * Ways that your clients might be able to get Podcasting 2.0 features, even if their media hosts don't support them. * Where to find apps that support these new features. * One thing you REALLY need to be careful about when implementing new Podcasting 2.0 features.
Links And Resources* Podgagement - Tools to help you your audience and grow your podcast! * Podcast Mirror by Blubrry - This is your fix for turning a regular old podcast feed into a superhero podcasting 2.0 feed for an extra $60/year. * Buzzsprout - Daniel's picks for those who want to keep things simple and slick without a WordPress focus: * Captivate.fm - Daniel's picks for those who want a really good implementation of Podcasting 2.0 features and don't need a WordPress-focused workflow. * Blubrry Podcast Hosting - A solid recommendation by Daniel if you're weaving that WordPress magic into your workflow. * Libsyn Podcasting - Where you can manually insert those shiny new RSS tags if you're willing to get your hands a bit code-y. * Podcasting 2.0 - Making podcasts better for everyone! - Your go-to spot to dive deeper into everything podcasting 2.0.
Remember, while these links and tools can feel like a boatload, don't get overwhelmed.
All these fancy new features are cool and all, but they aren't everywhere yet. We've got to keep our ear to the ground and see where the digital waves take us. Continue polishing your editing skills and stay updated with Podcast Editors Mastermind for more content. We are here to support you not only in the editing booth but also in other areas.
About Daniel J. LewisDaniel is a Hall of Fame podcaster with more than a decade of experience podcasting and supporting podcasters. He makes podcasting better for everyone with his show, The Audacity to Podcast, and his work to improve the technical foundation of podcasting. He is very enthusiastic about the benefits that the Podcasting 2.0 initiative can provide to podcasters, while still maintaining its open source nature.
Connect with Daniel
- theaudacitytopodcast.com
- podcasting2.org
Join Us Live!We stream live to our Facebook page and to YouTube every other week.
Follow the Show!* Choose your favorite app!
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. Fill out this form to let us know you're interested, and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis Are* Daniel Abendroth | Roth Media * Carrie Caulfield | Carrie.Land * Bryan Entzminger | Top Tier Audio * Jennifer Longworth | Bourbon Barrel Podcasting
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts.
Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work!
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
Hey there, podcast aficionado! Strap in, because today we're serving up a heavy dose of reality about the business and mindset of podcast editing.
Imagine this: Bryan (one of your faithful Yetis) is in the thick of it - searching for quality-over-quantity clients, and we're joined by Jesse, Tara, and Amanda to help him (and you) cut through the noise. Expect unfiltered advice on pricing, embracing AI without losing our human touch, and finding that sweet spot between making bank and keeping the passion alive.
We'll dissect whether to fly solo or assemble a podcast editing army, tackle the tightrope walk between love for the craft and keeping the fridge stocked, and dish out strategies for staying sane in the editing game.
So perk up those ears, it's about to get real. We’re diving headfirst into the audio jungle, and trust me, you won’t want to miss a beat. Let's kick this off!
Listen to Discover* That even people who have been editing for a while face challenges * The key to finding the clients that are right for you * How understanding your idea client can help you be more focused in what you do * Why finding the intersection of your fulfillment and your client's needs is the key to unlocking growth, satisfaction, and success * How pricing is so much more than just a math exercise
Links And Resources* Podcast Editors Mastermind Episode 78 - Jesse was a Guest, "A Day in the Life: Podcast Editing 2030" * Podcast Editors Mastermind Episode 83 - Jesse McCune is Creating a Supportive Community for Aspiring Podcast Editors * Twenty Thousand Hertz - A podcast renowned for its stellar sound design, which Bryan admires. * HoneyBook - This is Jesse's and Tara's pick for streamlining client onboarding, file uploading, and calendar syncing. * Aardvark Girl - You can find Amanda here. * Tansy Aster Audio - You can find Jesse here. * Tansy Aster Creative - This is where you can find Tara. * Tansy Aster Academy - The community that our guests, Jesse, Tara, and Amanda run for podcast editors and managers. * Podnews Daily - One of Bryan's go-to listens in the realm of podcasting news and trends. * Podcasting 2.0 - A podcast Bryan enjoys for its quality content about what's going on in Podcasting 2.0. * Top Tier Audio - We talked about Bryan's website during the episode.
Keep in mind, we aren't responsible if any of these links lead to internet black holes where you'll find yourself binge-reading articles instead of getting work done. But I digress. Go forth and prosper with these tidbits of wisdom!
About Our GuestsJesse McCune, Tara Kelly, and Amanda McCune run Tansy Aster Academy, a community for podcast editors and managers. Through courses, coaching, and resources, they help podcast production professionals start, grow, and run their businesses.
Connect with Jesse, Tara, and Amanda
- Tansy Aster Academy
Join Us Live!We stream live to our Facebook page and to YouTube every other week.
Follow the Show!* Choose your favorite app!
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. Fill out this form to let us know you're interested, and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis Are* Daniel Abendroth | Roth Media * Carrie Caulfield | Carrie.Land * Bryan Entzminger | Top Tier Audio * Jennifer Longworth | Bourbon Barrel Podcasting
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts.
Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work!
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
Running a podcast production business isn't always easy. It's not always fun. But sometimes it is and if we're intentional, we can continue to grow as individuals regardless of the circumstances.
Listen in as Bryan Entzminger, Jennifer Longworth, and Daniel Abendroth share candid insights into their professional and personal lives. While this might seem self-indulgent, the conversation is packed with raw and relatable conversations that touch on challenges in Daniel's relcation plans, Bryan's business model struggle, and some interesting things Jennifer has run into with clients in the past year.
Join us as we take a peek behind the scenes, share personal anecdotes, and discuss the future of the Podcast Editors Mastermind. Whether you're a seasoned editor or a podcast enthusiast, this episode offers a fascinating glimpse into the realities of the industry.
Listen to Discover* Why Daniel hasn't been on the show very much for the past few months (and why that's changing now) * One insightful way that Andrea is tracking her business growth this year - and why she's doing this way * How changing life circumstances (and a new recording location) can create new possibilities * How Daniel is able to collaborate with one of his clients (and why he might not be charging enough for this service) * Why Bryan's business declined in 2023, and how his current situation creates tension in building it back up
Links And Resources* PreSonus Eris E4.5-2-Way 4.5" Near Field Studio Monitor - The studio monitors that Daniel recently picked up. * Descript | All-in-one video & podcast editing, easy as a doc. - Daniel is using Descript to collaborate with a client. * Reaper for Podcasting - Daniel is planning to get back to creating tutorials and resources for those using Reaper for podcasting. * Top Tier Audio - YouTube - This is where Bryan has published Hindenburg tutorials, though he hasn't published anything new in a year or so. * Hindenburg - This is still the software Bryan uses most. * Tansy Aster Academy | Courses, Coaching, & Community for Podcast Editors & Managers - At one point Bryan referenced Jesse McCune. You can find his online community here. * Audio-Technica ATH-M50xSTS-USB StreamSet Headset ATH-M50XSTS-USB - The headset that Daniel gives better quality than many headset mics, though he still recommends a proper microphone setup if possible. * Parrot Pro Teleprompter Kit – Padcaster - This is the teleprompter that Bryan was talking about. It requires a mobile phone to function as the screen, but works well with his webcam. * Rode RCP2 RODECaster Pro II Integrated Audio Production Studio RCP2 - Bryan had a problem with the power switch on his Rodecaster Pro 2, so he now has a new one courtesy of Rode's Support team. Sadly, he had to send the old one back to get the new one :( * Blackmagic Design DaVinci Resolve Speed Editor - Bryan mentioned this as a new gear purchase. At the time of this writing, it comes with a license for Davinci Resolve Studio. * Thinkmap Visual Thesaurus - An online thesaurus and dictionary - Mike suggested Visual Thesaurus as a possible alternative to a paper dictionary. It's a great tool and fun to use. * Extreme Ownership: Jocko Willink & Leif Babin - Mike Suggested everyone should have a copy of Extreme Ownership on their bookshelves. * Deziliao Lined Journal Notebooks with Pen Loop - Andrea suggested everyone should have a journal to write in. * Merriam-Webster's Collegiate Dictionary - Bryan suggested that everyone should have a dictionary on their bookshelves. However, he also acknowledged that most of us already carry one around on our phones or can use a web browser to access the information they need. * Profit First: Transform Your Business from a Cash-Eating Monster to a Money-Making Machine: 9780735214149: Michalowicz, Mike: Books - Daniel suggested that everyone should have a copy of Profit First on their bookshelves. * 1984: George Orwell - Jennifer suggested that everyone should have a copy of 1984 on their bookshelves.
Join Us Live!We stream live to our Facebook page and to YouTube every other week.
Follow the Show!* Choose your favorite app!
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. Fill out this form to let us know you're interested, and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis Are* Daniel Abendroth | Roth Media * Carrie Caulfield | Carrie.Land * Bryan Entzminger | Top Tier Audio * Jennifer Longworth | Bourbon Barrel Podcasting
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts.
Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work!
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
In the world of podcasting, Tom Kelly's journey is a testament to the power of perseverance and passion.
Little did he know, his path would take him to an unexpected encounter that would change everything. Tom's story is about his determination and hard work. He began by listening to podcasts in a wood shop and later worked on installing solar panels for Tesla. Eventually, he started his own editing business.
But what was the unexpected encounter that propelled him towards success? You'll just have to listen to discover the surprising turn of events that transformed Tom's podcast editing journey forever.
Listen to Discover* How Tom's path to where he is now was anything but straight * How a conference led to Tom's first paid gig (and why it might be a little non-traditional) * What kept Tom going when it was tough * One thing that could really help YOU land clients (and a free resource we have for you if you want it...) * How Tom's priorities have shifted in recent years
I realized I wanted to get into [podcasting], and it wasn't even podcast production at the time. I wanted to run a network. That was my first interest in podcasting. - Tom Kelly
Master the podcast editing journey
Tom's experiences in the podcast editing business offer valuable lessons for those aiming to carve their own path in this field. Thes include things like persistence, learning from failures, and gaining practical experience with different types of audio recordings are integral to mastering the craft.
Build a compelling portfolio
Creating your own content is an effective way to showcase your podcast editing skills. This approach gives you complete control over the audio quality and content. It helps you demonstrate your skills more effectively, especially when the client's initial audio is of poor quality.
Tap into a supportive network
Tom’s rise in the podcast editing industry underscores the importance of networking and community involvement. Attending industry events and building genuine relationships can open doors to collaboration opportunities and client referrals.
Additionally, using social platforms like YouTube to share knowledge and experiences can help expand your influence, build credibility, and attract potential clients.
Links And Resources* How to Win Friends & Influence People (Dale Carnegie Books) - Tom mentioned this book as a resource. * Mixergy - Learn from Proven Entrepreneurs - Tom mentioned Mixergy as a resource. * Fiverr - Tom got his first gig here. It wasn't the best experience, but it was his experience. * What is the Fletcher Munson Curve? - Tom explained what the Fletcher Muson Curve is. This article has an image like what he described. * Practice Episode * iZotope RX10 - Audio restoration software. * Podcast Editors Club - Where Tom started connecting with other editors and gathered additional tools and skills. * Podcast Movement - The first podcast conference that Tom went to. * Podcast Editor Academy - The Podcast Editor Academy is a paid community that includes access to training, resources, and even job postings. * Tansy Aster Academy - Jesse's community for podcast editors and managers. You should definitely check it out.
About Tom KellyTom Kelly is a trained audio engineer and the founder of Clean Cut Audio. Tom is experienced in editing podcasts and has a good understanding of audio production. He has worked on high-quality shows and is well-regarded for his technical skills. He has also created educational content on YouTube, offering tutorials and courses on topics such as EQ and compression.
Tom began podcast editing while working in unrelated fields like installing solar panels for Tesla and working at a wood shop.
Through persistence and a passion for podcasting (and a desire to be self-employed), he honed his skills and eventually secured his first editing job. But it didn't turn out quite as he'd hoped.
Tom's story shows how determination and pursuing one's passion can lead to a successful career as a podcast editor.
Connect with Tom Kelly
- CleanCutAudio.com
- Clean Cut Audio on YouTube
- Tom on Instagram (@tkellzzz)
Join Us Live!We stream live to our Facebook page and to YouTube every other week.
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. Fill out this form to let us know you're interested, and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis Are* Daniel Abendroth | Roth Media * Carrie Caulfield | Carrie.Land * Bryan Entzminger | Top Tier Audio * Jennifer Longworth | Bourbon Barrel Podcasting
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts.
Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work!
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
In a world where Jesse McCune's career in facility maintenance seemed light years away from his true passion, an unexpected twist brought him closer than ever to his dream. Little did he know that a conversation with his wife would ignite a fire within him, leading him down a path he never anticipated.
With a burning desire to combine his audio expertise with a viable business opportunity, Jesse embarked on a journey that would reveal the untapped potential of the podcasting world. But as he delved deeper, he uncovered a gap in resources that left him craving more. Little did he know, this was just the beginning of a remarkable adventure filled with self-discovery and triumph.
Listen to Discover* Strategies to overcome the challenges of meeting client expectations and learn how to effectively communicate your editing process. * The importance of clear and open communication in podcast editing for stronger client relationships and better outcomes. * One key thing that we bring to the table as podcast editors that AI can't replicate.
Learning how to listen to people, to truly understand their nuances and capture their voices, is key in podcast editing. Our brains are powerful at picking up subtle details, so it's important to pay attention to those small breaths and pauses that make a dialogue authentic. - Jesse McCune
The episode underscores the critical significance of effective communication while dealing with clients. Jesse's experiences with his clients demonstrate the need for transparent, open discussions, especially when it comes to explaining technicalities like audio quality. This could help mitigate issues arising from unrealistic expectations and solidify a healthy editor-client relationship.
About Jesse McCuneJesse McCune is a podcast editor with a passion for music production and audio engineering. Jesse developed an interest in audio and taught himself music production and audio engineering. This (with some prompting from his wife) led him to discover podcast editing.
Jesse created Tansy Aster Academy because he couldn't find enough helpful resources for podcast editors. The Academy is a community where editors can get guidance and support from each other.
Through Tansy Aster Academy, Jesse's team offers an interactive learning experience for editors looking to level up their skills in podcast production as well as business.
Connect with Jesse
- Tansy Aster Academy
- Tansy Aster Audio
- Jesse's YouTube Channel
Links And Resources* dbx 286s Channel Strip with De-esser - The dbx 286 is a great piece of hardware, but is often completely unnecessary in modern podcast production workflows. * Vocaster One | Focusrite - In many cases, Jesse recommends the Focusrite Vocaster line instead of the Scarlett 2i2 because it's built specifically for the needs of podcasters and content creators. * Scarlett 2i2 | Focusrite - The Focusrite Scarlett 2i2 has been reported as the best-selling audio interface. * SM7B - Shure USA - Arguably, this is a microphone that many podcasters and content creators aspire to use. However, it's not always the best microphone in every situation. * ETHOS - Earthworks Audio - This is the microphone that Jesse recently started using. * Podcast Engineering School - Both Bryan and Jesse attended Podcast Engineering School. * A Day in the Life: Podcast Editing 2030 - Jesse joined us for a previous episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind to talk about the future of podcast editing.
Join Us Live!We stream live to our Facebook page and to YouTube every other week.
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. Fill out this form to let us know you're interested, and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis Are* Daniel Abendroth | Roth Media * Carrie Caulfield | Carrie.Land * Bryan Entzminger | Top Tier Audio * Jennifer Longworth | Bourbon Barrel Podcasting
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts.
Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work!
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
Virginia Elder's journey into the world of podcast editing and management began unexpectedly at a sales tax audit firm. She didn't realize that her real passion was podcasting while she was working with spreadsheets and invoices... until she did.
With each inspiring episode, her love for the medium grew, pushing her to launch her own show, Reaching Abundance. But then, a twist of fate led her to make a daring leap from personal finance coach to podcast editor and manager.
Curious to know how she conquered this uncharted territory? Stay tuned for a tale of determination, growth, and limitless possibilities.
You Will* Discover effective strategies to grow your podcast editing business and increase your success. * Learn about the importance of networking and making connections in the podcasting industry, and how it can propel your business forward. * Gain insights on how to effectively manage a podcast production team to ensure smooth operations and high-quality output. * Explore strategies for achieving financial sustainability in podcast production and making your business thrive. * Stay up-to-date on the latest gadgets and tools for podcast editors, enhancing your efficiency and delivering top-notch results.
In this episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind, you'll hear from Virginia Elder, a former accountant who now owns her own podcast production business. Listen as she shares her insights on building relationships and networking to grow a podcast editing business.
Virginia emphasizes the value of personal connections and the power of in-person networking compared to online marketing. She highlights the value of in-person connections to build relationships and grow your business.
Virginia also discusses the importance of follow-up and shares her system for tracking contacts and initiating conversations. She offers strategies for getting involved at conferences and highlights the benefits of attending events outside the podcasting industry. With Virginia's experience and advice, you'll gain valuable tips on networking, building connections, and growing your podcast editing business.
Links And Resources* How to Grow Your Small Business: A 6-Step Plan to Help Your Business Take Off - Virginia recommended this book by Donald Miller. * Free Sales Pipeline Template for Account Tracking - This is a free sales pipeline template for Asana. * Reaching Abundance - Listen to the Reaching Abundance podcast hosted by Virginia Elder to gain insights and inspiration on personal finance. * Upwork | The World’s Work Marketplace - Sign up for Upwork, a freelance platform, to find potential clients and offer podcast editing services. * FinCon - Attend FinCon, a conference for financial professionals and podcasters, to network and build relationships in the industry. * Asana - Asana is the tool that Virginia's team uses for project management and also as a Customer Relationship Manager (CRM).
About Virginia ElderVirginia Elder is an experienced podcast manager and editor with a lot of knowledge and expertise in the podcasting industry. She is experienced in project management and client services and she knows how to connect with her ideal clients and deliver great results.
She started editing podcasts while working in accounting. She listened to podcasts all day and became passionate about the medium. This sparked her passion for personal development and led her to start her own podcast, Reaching Abundance. Since then, Virginia has transitioned into podcast management, owning her own successful podcast management business. With her deep understanding of the industry and her ability to create meaningful connections, Virginia is a true asset to any podcast editor or manager looking to grow their business.
Connect with Virginia
- Visit Virginia Elder's website, podcastabundance.com, to learn more about her podcast management services.
- Connect with Virginia Elder on Instagram to stay updated on her latest podcasting tips and insights.
- Listen to the Reaching Abundance podcast hosted by Virginia Elder to gain insights and inspiration on personal finance.
Join Us Live!We stream live to our Facebook page and to YouTube every other week.
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. Fill out this form to let us know you're interested, and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis Are* Daniel Abendroth | Roth Media * Carrie Caulfield | Carrie.Land * Bryan Entzminger | Top Tier Audio * Jennifer Longworth | Bourbon Barrel Podcasting
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts.
Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work!
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
If you're frustrated and overwhelmed because you haven't been able to get new clients for your podcast editing business, you're not alone.
Podcast editors often work very hard to find clients, go to industry events, and promote their services on social media. However, they often don't see many positive outcomes from these efforts. Instead of the steady stream of new clients they were hoping for, they may be experiencing a stagnant client list and limited growth opportunities.
That's where Steve Stewart's story comes in...
Steve had been building a financial coaching business for years and started a podcast to support it. His expertise and passion for podcasting led him to a community of professionals who were eager to learn from his success. But as Steve's reputation grew and his influence expanded, an opportunity arose that would push his skills to new heights.
Discover how Steve's skills and connections led him to become a full-time podcast editor and community leader.
Listen to Discover* How Steve found his first client (surprise...). * Why it's important to understand market rates and trends, and where YOU can find that information. * The benefits and challenges of outsourcing editing work. * Why offering additional services can be beneficial. * What seems to be the next place podcast editors need to focus if they are going to continue to be competitive.
Links And Resources* Unlock the 10 Ways to Find Podcast Editing Clients - Subscribe to Steve's email list for podcast editors to receive this free resource designed to help you determine where you might find your next client. * How to Hire a Podcast Editor - Here's a resource for those looking to hire a podcast editor but who are looking for a little guidance to make the best decision. * How to Find A Podcast Editor - Steve's resource for how to find a podcast editor. Feel free to share this with people if you're not a great fit for them so that they can find the editor who is right for them. * Podcast Editors Club - Join a community of over 8,500 full-time and part-time podcast editors. * Podcast Editor Academy - The Podcast Editor Academy is a paid community that includes access to training, resources, and even job postings.
ABOUT STEVE STEWARTSteve Stewart is a financial consultant, podcaster turned podcast editor, and a community leader in the independent podcast production space. He's the creator of the Podcast Editors Club, a Facebook group with over 8,500 full-time and part-time podcast editors. He, along with his business partner Mark Deal have also created the Podcast Editor Academy, a paid community providing resources, training, and even access to job opportunities to podcast editors.
Connect with Steve
- PodcastEditorAcademy.com
- @SteveStewartMe on Instagram
- @SteveStewartMe on Facebook
- @SteveStewartMe on X (I mean, it's still pretty much Twitter, right)
Join Us Live!We stream live to our Facebook page and to YouTube every other week.
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. Fill out this form to let us know you're interested, and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis Are* Daniel Abendroth | Roth Media * Carrie Caulfield | Carrie.Land * Bryan Entzminger | Top Tier Audio * Jennifer Longworth | Bourbon Barrel Podcasting
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts.
Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work!
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
Have you ever experienced a twist in life that changed everything? Imagine going from saving lives as a nurse to the creative (and very technical) field of podcast editing.
Alejandro Ramirez's journey to audio engineering and podcast production was definitely not a straight line. But it involved many of the same elements we all experience: finding his first client, discovering what he didn't know, and intentional continuous improvement.
Get ready to be inspired as Alejandro's story unfolds, revealing the remarkable twists and turns that led him to a whole new world of creativity.
I don't know if fulfilling is the word that I'm looking for, but it was something that filled me inside very.... Seriously, that was like the moment that I say, okay, I can do this. - Alejandro Ramirez
In This Episode You Will* Uncover the essential role that your passion plays in embracing life's inevitable transitions. * Discover the deep satisfaction that can come from perfecting your skills in audio editing. * Understand the three key elements that have allowed Alejandro to add quality video editing to what he does. * Absorb invaluable tips to help streamline your search for podcast editing clients and management of these relationships.
Links And Resources* Freelance Jobs | Upwork™ - Upwork is one of the places Alejandro first looked for clients. * The Revolution in Hearing Protection Has Arrived – Eargasm - The hearing production we discussed.
ABOUT ALEJANDRO RAMIREZAlejandro Ramirez is a nurse turned podcast editor and audio engineer. And he's been OUR editor for nearly two years.
Alejandro ventured into the audio engineering domain sparked by his curiosity in podcasting and a passion for music. From working in operating rooms as a nurse to fine-tuning audio channels in an editing suite, Alejandro's journey is uniquely inspiring. Today, he is not only proficient at audio editing, but he has also strengthened his skills in video editing. Alejandro's tale underscores that your profession doesn't define you; your passion does.
Connect with Alejandro Ramirez
- Alejandro on LinkedIn
- Alejandro's professional profile on Instagram
Join Us Live!We stream live to our Facebook page and to YouTube every other week.
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. Fill out this form to let us know you're interested, and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis Are* Daniel Abendroth | Roth Media * Carrie Caulfield | Carrie.Land * Bryan Entzminger | Top Tier Audio * Jennifer Longworth | Bourbon Barrel Podcasting
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts.
Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work!
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
Are you wondering how you can find clients and turn your passion for podcasting into a fulfilling career as an editor? If so, you're not alone - it's one of the most common struggles we face (and hear about)
Prepare to be inspired by Cristina Lamague's incredible journey from listener to podcaster to professional editor. Her passion for podcasting started as she was seeking knowledge during pregnancy. That soon gave way to an interest in Latin American haunted stories that took her from listener to creator. Cristina's story will captivate and motivate you.
And along the way, we'll look into how she found her first (and second) client.
Listen to Discover* How Cristina found her first clients (surprise!!!) * Why some of us have TWO first clients * A valuable lesson Cristina learned from her first client * What to look for before agreeing to work with a client * One valuable thing many of us forget that we bring to the table * Cristina's advice for editors looking for their first (or next) client
Links And Resources* ClickUp - ClickUP is what Bryan uses to keep track of everything. (Note: Qualifying purchases benefit Bryan) * Reaper for Podcasting - Daniel has put together resources for editors who want to use Reaper for podcasting. * DaVinci Resolve 18 - Cristina has started using Davinci Resolve to edit videos. Bryan said that the new Studio version offers transcritpions and may offer editing from text because Carrie is interested in a replacement for Descript. * Descript - Carrie and Cristina both use Descript for story editing. * REAPER - Reaper is what Cristina primarily uses for audio editing. It's also what Daniel uses. * FreshBooks - Freshbooks offers invoicing. * HoneyBook - Honeybook offers invoicing. * Stripe | Payment Processing Platform for the Internet - You can send invoices directly from Stripe. * Wave: Small Business Software - If you use Wave accounting, you can send invoices directly from your accounting software. * Online Business Banking Solutions | Novo - If you bank with Novo, you can send invoices directly from the bank. * Personal Cloud Storage & File Sharing Platform - Google - We use cloud services like Google Drive and GSuite. * Dropbox - We use cloud services like Drobpx. * YouTube - Bryan and Cristina use YouTube for learning. * Transom - A Showcase and Workshop for New Public Radio - Carrie's preferred learning platform. * Espooky Cristina - Connect with Cristina on X (formerly Twitter) @i_am_Cristi * Lumague Media - Cristiina's work can be found at https://lumaguemedia.carrd.co/
ABOUT CRISTINA LUMAGUECristina is a freelance podcast editor who is obsessed with podcasts. Her love of podcasting started as a listener. However, she moved quickly into hosting a show (and then two more) when she discovered a need that wasn't being filled. Now she's been able to turn her ADHD hyperfixation into a career editing podcasts that she finds interesting.
Connect with Cristina
- Visit Cristina's website
- Connect with @i_am_Cristi on X (Twitter)
Join Us Live!We stream live to our Facebook page and to YouTube every other week.
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. Fill out this form to let us know you're interested, and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis Are* Daniel Abendroth | Roth Media * Carrie Caulfield Arick | Carrie.Land * Bryan Entzminger | Top Tier Audio * Jennifer Longworth | Bourbon Barrel Podcasting
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts.
Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work!
Follow or subscribe and take the Podcast Editors Mastermind with you today!
- Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind
- Share your love for the Podcast Editors Mastermind
This podcast uses the following third-party services for analysis:
OP3 - https://op3.dev/privacy
Will the robots take all the podcast editing jobs by 2030?
- Will everybody be producing video first?
- Will Spotify rule the world?
- Will we all have AI assistants?
- Or will the robots have human assistants?
We'll take a look at some of the recent changes (and accelerations) in AI and Machine Learning and then make some guesses about what might happen over the next 7 years.
Enjoy this fun (and maybe scary) exploration of what it might be like to be a podcast editor in 2030. We'll look into what might be a welcome change and maybe some of the things that could be a little uncomfortable.
And if you need a drinking game (inside joke), make sure you fire up your Replicator by saying, "Tea. Earl Grey. Hot," and then take a sip every time you hear the code word: "ChatGPT."
Listen to Discover* What podcast editing might look like in 2030. * What areas the robots aren't really good at (right now). * Some things you can do now to position yourself for the future. * One key mindset shift. * Bonus: A way to insulate yourself against some of the AI risks.
Links And Resources* Tansy Aster Academy - Jesse's community for podcast editors and managers. You should definitely check it out. * SWOT Analysis: What Is it, How To Use it - Jesse mentioned using a SWOT analysis in your business. * Tansy Aster Audio - Jesse's podcast production business.
Join Us Live!We stream live to our Facebook page and to YouTube every other week.
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. Fill out this form to let us know you're interested, and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis Are* Daniel Abendroth | Roth Media * Carrie Caulfield Arick | Carrie.Land * Bryan Entzminger | Top Tier Audio * Jennifer Longworth | Bourbon Barrel Podcasting
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts.
Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work!
Follow or subscribe and take the Podcast Editors Mastermind with you today!
- Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind
Are you a podcast editor seeking to stay ahead of industry trends? Are you worried that AI might take your business away? Do you want to be at the forefront of discussions and take charge of the conversation?
In this episode, we'll be talking with Bethany Hawkins about the latest trends in podcasting and how they could affect you as an editor or producer. And don't miss the discussion on how AI tools can be helpful but can also fail if the creators have limited expertise. It's important to understand both sides of the coin.
Listen To...* Be able to share why the trend of ignoring the crucial role of quality audio is unsustainable. * Explore the implications of AI and ChatGPT within podcasting and choose how to embrace what is positive. * Discover why some AI tools are actually creating more business for podcast editors and producers. * Recognize that the podcast production community is exceptional and valuable. The film and television production companies are now using and learning from our work.
Links And Resources* sonible - Bryan likes some of their plugins. A lot. (This is an affiliate link, so qualifying purchases do benefit Bryan.) * SEO ASSIST - Bethany mentioned this tool. * The Technically Human Podcast - This is the show Carrie referenced. * Chatting Over Chowder - This is Bethany's podcast. * Cracker In Soup - This is Bethany's podcast production business.
ABOUT BETHANY HAWKINSBethany Hawkins is an accomplished podcast editing expert and the CEO of Crackers in Soup, an award-nominated podcast production and coaching company. Boasting a portfolio of over 80 podcasts, Bethany has been in the industry since 2019, witnessing the transformation of podcasting and the rise of AI.
She has expertise in spotting industry trends and ensuring high-quality audio. She provides great value to podcast editors looking to enhance their skills and stay on top of the dynamic world of podcast editing.
And she's REALLY fun to talk with. :)
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. Fill out this form to let us know you're interested, and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis Are* Daniel Abendroth | Roth Media * Carrie Caulfield Arick | Carrie.Land * Bryan Entzminger | Top Tier Audio * Jennifer Longworth | Bourbon Barrel Podcasting
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts.
Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can...
If you're feeling frustrated and overwhelmed by the lack of traffic and engagement on your website, despite spending countless hours on design and content, then you are not alone!
In this episode, we dive into the world of website design for podcast editors. From forms to personal branding, our guest offers valuable insights to attract the right clients. But with so many options, how do you know what's best for your business?
Tune in to find out, but be warned... we're not going to force-feed you a cookie-cutter answer.
When we come about looking at these websites, there's not like a generic. You have to have A, B and C. It really can be more conformed to who you are and the brand values that you want to bring through your business. - Danielle Meadows Stinnett
She Podcasts LiveVisit shepodcasts.com to check out She Podcasts Live, the largest gathering of women and non-binary audio creators, storytellers, podcasters and more happening from June 19 to 22, 2023 at the MGM National Harbor in Washington, DC.
As You Listen, You'll...* Recognize how impactful website design can be in engaging your podcast listeners and growing your audience. * Consider including a starting price point or a range of prices on your services page to give potential clients an idea of what to expect. * Explore different website creation platforms and tools to find the perfect solution for your podcast. * Realize the value of a strong brand image and maintaining consistency in your podcast's presence. * Incorporate personal touches such as embedded playlists and photos to showcase your personality and attract like-minded clients. * Use forms to directly trim down the potential client pool and make the vetting process easier. * Direct potential clients to specific pages or resources on your website to better inform them about your services and process.
Links And Resources* Sucuri SiteCheck - The SiteCheck scanner remotely checks any URL for security threats, malware, defacements, out-of-date CMS, blacklisting, and other important security issues. It visits a website like an everyday user would to verify the source code for malicious behavior or security anomalies. * Squarespace - Squarespace makes starting a beautifully-designed website easy. Choose from our library of website templates to find a starting point, then secure a custom domain that fits your brand or idea * Virusdie - One-clickwebsite security. Solve security problems on your website yourself - with just one click. Automatically clean and protect your websites from malware and vulnerabilities in seconds with the world's most powerful and easy-to-use all-in-one website security tool. * Wordfence - Wordfence is a global team of WordPress security analysts, threat researchers, software engineers, and support staff. We are the leaders in our field, and we focus exclusively on securing WordPress websites, and on WordPress security research. * WordPress.org - Built by an open source community with decades of experience, its passionate contributors are committed to keeping WordPress as stable and secure as possible. One platform, millions of possibilities. Global creative agencies, local businesses, and even your neighbor's personal blog are already using WordPress. * Kajabi - Kajabi empowers you to create all kinds of content to showcase what you know best, including online courses, coaching programs, podcasts, memberships, and more. Start free trial. Grow. Leverage Kajabi's full suite of marketing tools and templates to create new content, campaigns, and funnels in minutes.
About Danielle Meadows-StinnettDanielle Meadows-Stinnett is the owner of Octane Design Studios, a Lexington, Kentucky-based branding and identity firm. Danielle is a podcast enthusiast, wife, and mother of three, has diverse passions including Italian cuisine, chai tea, cosplay, Star Trek Picard, and live MMA.
She joins us to share expert tips on website design specific to podcast editors. Her insights can help you create a website that reflects your brand values and connects you with ideal clients.
Connect with Danielle* Octane Design Studios * Danielle on Instagram
Personal vs Business BrandingThe decision between a personal or business brand can influence the design and content of a podcast editor's website. A personal brand typically showcases the individual's expertise and personality attributes, while a business brand focuses on the company's mission, values, and target market. Neither approach is inherently better, but considering the specific goals and context of the editor can help determine the appropriate direction.
Danielle Meadows-Stinnett shared that website tone, personality, and design should reflect the editor or the company, depending on the preferences of the content creator. To build trust with website visitors, she suggests adding personal touches or humor that allows them to connect with the person or company providing the service.
Should Prices Be Listed on Services Page?A key consideration for podcast editors when designing their website is whether to display prices for services offered. By listing prices, podcast editors can provide transparency and set expectations upfront, which can be helpful for potential clients when they are comparing services. Displaying prices may deter potential clients, even if the editor is willing to discuss alternate service options or negotiate pricing.
It is also important to consider that every project has its unique requirements and a one-size-fits-all pricing approach may not accurately represent the value provided. Danielle emphasized the importance of transparent communication with clients regarding pricing.
One idea is to show a base price on the website and let visitors ask for a personalized quote based on their project needs. This lets potential clients know the estimated costs and enables discussion of service scope and price.
Multipage Sites vs. Single Page ScrollIn selecting a website layout, podcast editors might consider a more traditional multipage site or a single-page scrolling site. Each format has its advantages and disadvantages, and the choice will depend on the specific needs and content organization preferences of the editor.
Multipage sites offer more organization and depth, allowing visitors to explore selectively, while single-page sites simplify navigation and create a linear user journey. During the discussion, your Yetis and Danielle agreed that multipage sites with organized categories and topics are preferable (for them), as they offer a less monotonous and tedious user experience compared to single-page scrolling sites.
Furthermore, multiple pages can also aid in search engine optimization and discoverability.
Platforms for Building WebsitesVarious website-building platforms cater to different skill levels, budgets, and design preferences. Some popular options include WordPress, Wix, Weebly, Squarespace, and Kajabi. When choosing a platform, podcast editors should consider their familiarity, the support available, and any limitations of the platform with respect to their specific needs.
Danielle expressed her preference for WordPress and Squarespace, as they offer a good balance between ease of use and flexibility. Although Wix and Weebly are also suitable for some users, they may not provide the same level of customization and functionality as their recommended platforms.
Stinnett further mentioned that Kajabi is a viable choice for those who can afford it, but it comes with a steeper learning curve. Ultimately, the choice of platform should accommodate the podcast editor, and in some cases, the preferences of their clients.
Join Us Live!We stream live to our Facebook page and to YouTube every other week.
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. Fill out this form to let us know you're interested, and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis Are* Daniel Abendroth | Roth Media * Carrie Caulfield Arick | Carrie.Land * Bryan Entzminger | Top Tier Audio * Jennifer Longworth | Bourbon Barrel Podcasting
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts.
Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work!
Follow or subscribe and take the Podcast Editors Mastermind with you today!
- Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind
- Share your love for the Podcast Editors Mastermind
It sounds easy: Just put up a website and list what you do. It doesn't have to be hard...
Yeah, we've all heard it. We've probably even said it. (I know I... Bryan... have.) But when it comes time to ACTUALLY start building out a page for prospective clients to learn more about what you have to offer, it's a little more daunting.
- Should I list my prices?
- How much detail is too much?
- What if I don't list the one thing they want to know about?
- How can I keep it from confusing prospective clients?
- What if I offer ongoing production, launches, consultations, courses, trainings, and seasons with three different editing styles? Should I list it all?
These are questions that most of us have struggled with as podcast editors looking for new clients. Listen in to hear how we're working through this as podcast editors ourselves. We don't have all the answers, but maybe we can provoke some thoughts and bring you a little clarity so that you can do what's right for you.
Listen to Discover* The importance of having a sales page on a website and how it may or may not be necessary for every ideal client. * The goal of samples, case studies and portfolios is to help clarify what you can help your clients achieve. * Why leaving prices off of your website might limit your ability to attract new clients. * Thoughts around how to provide enough information for prospective clients without creating confusion or overwhelm. * One interesting approach to a sales page that almost makes sales calls irrelevant.
Links And Resources* The Ultimate Guide to Creating an Effective Website for Podcast Editors and Managers - After our live recording, Jesse McCune published this excellent guide highlighting what should be on your services page. * We Edit Podcasts - We Edit Podcasts. Very streamlined and done well for a productized services business. Allows prospects to build a quote without ever talking with someone. * Pro Podcast Solutions - Darrell Darnell's pricing and services page. Excellent comparison. More productized than bespoke. * Tansy Aster Audio - Jesse McCune's pricing and services page. Wow! Well done.
Join Us Live!We stream live to our Facebook page and to YouTube every other week.
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. Fill out this form to let us know you're interested, and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis Are* Daniel Abendroth | Roth Media * Carrie Caulfield Arick | Carrie.Land * Bryan Entzminger | Top Tier Audio * Jennifer Longworth | Bourbon Barrel Podcasting
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts.
Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work!
Follow or subscribe and take the Podcast Editors Mastermind with you today!
- Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind
- Share your love for the Podcast Editors Mastermind
On our (apparently) current theme of the art of communicating with potential clients, Carrie and Jennifer agree to have their websites critiqued by everyone who joins this live. So, be there (and be gentle. Ha!!!)
If you're brave enough to get in the hot seat, drop your website URL in the comments, or send us an email via our website or slide that link into our DMs.
Wanna prepare for the live? Here are Carrie and Jennifer's websites...
https://www.bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com/
https://www.carrie.land/
Listen to Discover* How important it is to understand the next step your ideal client wants to take. * The potential value of having a free download to filter out people who would just waste your time. * Some ways to communicate, "It's not overpriced, but it's also not cheap" without posting prices on your website. * Bryan's perspective on pricing, market fit, and some insights into determining when you're priced too high or too low for the clients you want to serve.
Links And Resources* Top Tier Audio - Bryan's website. We talked about this at the end - right before the discussion about posting prices. * Bourbon Barrel Podcasting - Jennifer's website. Pay attention to the calls to action and positioning of elements on the website. * carrie.land - Carrie's new website (we spent a good bit of time looking through it). * Watch the video version. - Want to see the websites and follow along? Watch the replay in our Facebook group. * A simple poll for tonight's livestream
Join Us Live!We stream live to our Facebook page and to YouTube every other week.
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. Fill out this form to let us know you're interested, and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis Are* Daniel Abendroth | Roth Media * Carrie Caulfield Arick | Carrie.Land * Bryan Entzminger | Top Tier Audio * Jennifer Longworth | Bourbon Barrel Podcasting
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts.
Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work!
Follow or subscribe and take the Podcast Editors Mastermind with you today!
- Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind
- Share your love for the Podcast Editors Mastermind
A few big podcast conferences have passed this year, but there are still quite a few left! How can you find value at as conference as an editor? This question and more will be addressed by the Yetis and special guest Jessica Kupferman of She Podcasts.
[ 🗨️ Join the Conversation ]
Links and Resources* She Podcasts | Women's Podcast - for women podcasters
ABOUT JESSICA KUPFERMANJessica is the CEO of She Podcasts. She's a marketing and sales expert with a history of being both the devil’s advocate and the first person to give someone the benefit of the doubt.
Connect with Jessica
- Twitter: @jesskupferman
- Instagram: @jesskupferman
Join Us Live!We stream live to our Facebook page and to YouTube every other week.
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. Fill out this form to let us know you're interested, and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis Are* Daniel Abendroth | Roth Media * Carrie Caulfield Arick | YaYa Podcasting * Bryan Entzminger | Top Tier Audio * Jennifer Longworth | Bourbon Barrel Podcasting
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts.
Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work!
Follow or subscribe and take the Podcast Editors Mastermind with you today!
- Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind
- Share your love for the Podcast Editors Mastermind
Freedom is great. And it can be overwhelming.
When you're talking with prospective clients, you have incredible freedom in how you describe what you do. But with that freedom also comes the challenge to make sure you cover things in a way that will connect with your ideal client and give them confidence. And, if we may be so bold, quickly filter out the working relationships that might not be the best.
Let's be clear - we don't have it all figured out. But we're committed to working on this together.
Listen to hear us workshop our elevator pitches and service descriptions. And maybe even some input from the PEM community.
[ 🗨️ Join the Conversation ]
Listen to Discover* Who was brave enough to join our live recording. * Why Carrie (and others) think Bryan's "hook" isn't really the right one for him. * Why have an elevator pitch that fits the mold might not be enough. * Why it can be so tough to be clear and also differentiate yourself in the marketplace.
Links And Resources* The Voice Monkey | Mike Christensen is The Voice Monkey. . .and the top banana for your next script! * Podcast Editors Club * How to Talk About What You Do as a Podcast Editor - If you want more context for what we're talking about and a deeper understanding of why we're doing this episode, listen to episode 71.
Join Us Live!We stream live to our Facebook page and to YouTube every other week.
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. Fill out this form to let us know you're interested, and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis Are* Daniel Abendroth | Roth Media * Carrie Caulfield Arick | YaYa Podcasting * Bryan Entzminger | Top Tier Audio * Jennifer Longworth | Bourbon Barrel Podcasting
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts.
Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work!
Follow or subscribe and take the Podcast Editors Mastermind with you today!
- Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind
- Share your love for the Podcast Editors Mastermind
One of the great things about podcasting is that there aren't really any "rules." Sure, there are principles that often apply. But no rules.
However, there's a downside to that in that sometimes the words we use mean something different to prospective clients or employers than what the mean to us. Like the word, "podcast editor."
What does that really mean?
Listen to learn more about the different kinds of editing. Along the way, you might find out something about a new way you want to grow as an editor. And you'll likely gain some insight into how to describe what you do so that you can create differentiation and clarity in the minds of your customers and potential customers.
[ 🗨️ Join the Conversation ]
Listen to Discover* Ways to think about the kinds of editing we do * Similarities to (and differences from) radio, TV, and film production * Why you might want to have two different ways to share what you do * Carrie's suggestions if you want to move from linear editing to story editing
Links And Resources* Paul (@produceNewMedia) / Twitter - Bryan said YouTube, but meant Twitter. Paul is a master of spoken word production. * DaVinci Resolve 18 * Podcast Taxonomy * How to Set Up Job Alerts on LinkedIn * Transom - Great resources for how to build a story.
Join Us Live!We stream live to our Facebook page and to YouTube every other week.
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. Fill out this form to let us know you're interested, and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis Are* Daniel Abendroth | Roth Media * Carrie Caulfield Arick | YaYa Podcasting * Bryan Entzminger | Top Tier Audio * Jennifer Longworth | Bourbon Barrel Podcasting
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts.
Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work!
Follow or subscribe and take the Podcast Editors Mastermind with you today!
- Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind
- Share your love for the Podcast Editors Mastermind
Has this ever happened to you?
You're on a sales call and everything is going very well, and then you discover that your prospective client is interviewing multiple editors. If this hasn't happened to you yet, it very likely will at some point. And if you've never considered it as a possibility, it could come as a shock.
When that happens, you could find yourself thinking things like, "Should I just end the call now?" Or, "Should I share lower rates than usual so that I'm seen as more competitive?"
We aren't here to tell you how you should feel or what you should do, but if we take the time to think this through together, you can come up with a strategy and position that will give you confidence.
[ 🗨️ Join the Conversation ]
Listen to Discover* Why it's important to understand who is actually your ideal client. * Why Jennifer keeps sales calls to 15 minutes. * Why you don't have to feel like you need to "win" business. * How your sales call could actually be a differentiator.
Links And Resources* Podcast Editor Academy * Practice Editing - Want to practice editing? You can find one of our recordings here. Not for the faint of heart :) * Steve Stewart Podcast Productions - This topic was suggested by Steve Stewart, who also runs to Podcast Editors Club and Podcast Editor Academy.
Join Us Live!We stream live to our Facebook page and to YouTube every other week.
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. Fill out this form to let us know you're interested, and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis Are* Daniel Abendroth | Roth Media * Carrie Caulfield Arick | YaYa Podcasting * Bryan Entzminger | Top Tier Audio * Jennifer Longworth | Bourbon Barrel Podcasting
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts.
Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work!
Follow or subscribe and take the Podcast Editors Mastermind with you today!
- Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind
- Share your love for the Podcast Editors Mastermind
If you're struggling with whether you need a bookkeeper, accountant, or lawyer - or how to decide who to work with - this is for you!
As an independent podcast editor, whether you're running an agency, working with a small team, or a freelancer, a few things will need outside support. Normally, we might think of needing administrative support (like a virtual assistant), and that's often true. But there are some other service providers you might want to consider.
Professional service providers like bookkeepers, attorneys, accountants, financial planners, and more.
Of course, that can be easy to say and a little of a difficult pill to swallow when determining who you want to work with. Not only do you need to make sure you're finding someone who's competent, but also someone you're comfortable working with... and can afford.
In this episode Stephanie Spires of Spires Strategies (Jennifer's business coach) about what we should look for, where we can look, and what we should consider before deciding to work with (or to NOT work with) someone.
[ 🗨️ Join the Conversation ]
Listen to Discover* One professional service nearly all of us should look for first * One thing you can do to control costs when engaging an expert * Ways that experts can more than pay for themselves in both cash flow and risk management * One thing Daniel shared that made us all gasp!
Links And Resources* Stephanie Spires Strategies - Stephanie Spires is Jennifer's business coach and our special guest on this episode.
ABOUT Stephanie SpiresStephanie has a long history of leadership in both the business and non-profit sectors. She thrives off of systems and processes, and loves bringing them to small businesses and non-profit organizations. She's Jennifer's business coach, and she's here today to talk with us about how to find the right people when we need professional services.
Connect with Stephanie* SpiresStrategies.com * Facebook * LinkedIn
Join Us Live!We stream live to our Facebook page and to YouTube every other week.
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. Fill out this form to let us know you're interested, and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis Are* Daniel Abendroth | Roth Media * Carrie Caulfield Arick | YaYa Podcasting * Bryan Entzminger | Top Tier Audio * Jennifer Longworth | Bourbon Barrel Podcasting
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts.
Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work!
Follow or subscribe and take the Podcast Editors Mastermind with you today!
- Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind
- Share your love for the Podcast Editors Mastermind
If you're an excellent podcast editor who delights your clients, it might seem like new clients should be beating down your door because of all the amazing referrals.
Often, that doesn't happen.... So you invest time and money learning how to market your business. You identify your ideal client, speak their language, even get on sales calls. But even that isn't enough.
Even if you're the very best at what you do, your customers are happy, your sales machine is working overtime, and you have consistent sales calls, you will not be able to grow your business if you don't do this one thing.
Close. The. Sale.
Listen as we talk about closing the sale - what it is, why it's important, what we do well, and where we struggle. Join the conversation so that you can share your thoughts, questions, and insights too!
[ 🗨️ Join the Conversation ]
Listen to Discover* One thing that might be holding you back * How closing isn't the same as "pushing to buy" * Why you might (or might not) want to put pricing in an initial communication * How we follow up with potential clients * Where we don't feel like we're exactly knocking it out of the park
Links And Resources* Bonnie Frank Helps Us Make Sales Calls FABULOUS!!! - One thing Bonnie shared was a real eye-opener. She never has "discovery" calls. By the time people book a call with her, they are already prepared to move forward. * Igniting Success Through Effective Email Newsletters with Tammey Grable-Woodford - This is the episode where Daniel's business coach provided insight into email marketing. * How To Overcome the Fear of Making Sales Calls * How to Promote Your Podcast Editing Business Without Spamming Everyone * How to Find Podcast Editing Clients: Advice from Podcast Editors
Join Us Live!We stream live to our Facebook page and to YouTube every other week.
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. Fill out this form to let us know you're interested, and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis Are* Daniel Abendroth | Roth Media * Carrie Caulfield Arick | YaYa Podcasting * Bryan Entzminger | Top Tier Audio * Jennifer Longworth | Bourbon Barrel Podcasting
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts.
Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work!
Follow or subscribe and take the Podcast Editors Mastermind with you today!
- Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind
- Share your love for the Podcast Editors Mastermind
The Podcast Editors Mastermind team (your favorite Yetis) looks back at their accomplishments in 2022 and sets goals for 2023, with a twist - they're joined by THEIR editor, Alejandro Ramirez.
"Doing what we love, I think. Yes, the obvious. We also so number one, started focusing on live experience over podcasting, started accepting sponsorships and promotions."
Alejandro Ramirez joined the Podcast Editors Mastermind show to take a look at the business side of podcast editing in 2022 and 2023. Jennifer Longworth, Bryan Entzminger, and Daniel Abendroth are the hosts of the show and have started focusing on the live experience and the community aspect of the show.
They have accepted sponsorships and promotions, brought on Alejandro to edit the show, and have a sample episode available for people to edit as a trial. Alejandro has learned to control the dynamics of the show, cut out tangents, and interact with chat. The hosts are very grateful for his work and it has made their lives much easier.
POD DECKS QUESTION"If you had someone following you around all the time what would you have them do?"
[ 🗨️ Join the Conversation ]
Listen to Discover* What the team accomplished in 2022 and their goals for 2023 * The importance of focusing on the live experience and building community * Alejandro has learned being the editor of this crazy show
LINKS AND RESOURCES* Reddit - Daniel mentioned Reddit as one of the places he hangs out online (sometimes). * YouTube - Find the Podcast Editors Mastermind on YouTube. * Telegram Messenger - Alejandro suggested that Telegram might be a good place to connect with people. * Discord - Daniel likes Discord, but it does sometimes tend to be more of the techie and Twitch-streaming crowd. * Slack - We've thought about starting a community on Slack. * Mastodon - This is Bryan's profile on Mastodon. He's just trying it out, but so far he prefers it to the constant non-value-added notifications from some of the other social platforms.
ABOUT ALEJANDRO RAMIREZAlejandro Ramirez is a professional podcast editor and the editor for The Podcast Editors Mastermind. While this is his first time appearing on the show, he is a valued member of the team and has incredible insights.
Connect with Alejandro
Other episodes you'll enjoy:
- Plan your year (part 1)
- Plan your year (part 2)
- Attract the RIGHT clients
- The poower of giving gifts
Join Us Live!We stream live to our Facebook page and to YouTube every other week.
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. Fill out this form to let us know you're interested, and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis Are* Daniel Abendroth | Roth Media * Carrie Caulfield Arick | YaYa Podcasting * Bryan Entzminger | Top Tier Audio * Jennifer Longworth | Bourbon Barrel Podcasting
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts.
Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work!
Follow or subscribe and take the Podcast Editors Mastermind with you today!
- Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind
- Share your love for the Podcast Editors Mastermind
As business owners and podcast editors, we invest time and money finding new clients. But what about our existing clients? What if there was a way to wow your clients and also stay top of mind?
Listen to discover the benefits of giving gifts to editing clients - how it builds relationships and keeps you top of mind. Giving gifts to clients is a great way to build relationships and keep you top of mind. It also shows your appreciation and helps build customer loyalty.
Giving great gifts to clients says, "I care about the work I do for you. I care about your show and I care about you."
[ 🗨️ Join the Conversation ]
Listen to Discover* How to show appreciation to clients in a way that builds the relationship and keeps them coming back * What types of gifts to give clients that are personal and useful * How giving gifts can help keep a client motivated to keep podcasting
Resources* Sticker Mule - Sticker Mule is one of the places you can get customized gifts for your podcast editing clients.
Join Us Live!We stream live to our Facebook page and to YouTube every other week.
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. Fill out this form to let us know you're interested, and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis Are* Daniel Abendroth | Roth Media * Carrie Caulfield Arick | YaYa Podcasting * Bryan Entzminger | Top Tier Audio * Jennifer Longworth | Bourbon Barrel Podcasting
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts.
Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work!
Follow or subscribe and take the Podcast Editors Mastermind with you today!
- Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind
- Share your love for the Podcast Editors Mastermind
We're so grateful for the work that Mark and Steve do to help us understand where rates are in the freelance and independent podcast editors marketplace. During this livestream, we will discuss the results and our reactions to those.
Listen to hear thoughts, insights, and questions from the community. And be sure to join the conversation!
[ 🗨️ Join the Conversation ]
Listen to Discover* What the average rate is for 2022. * The two keys to making more per hour worked * Why changing DAWs to make more money could backfire * What part of the rate survey continues to bother the Yetis * Why the report can be valuable, even if it can't tell you what to charge * Where to get the survey results
Links And Resources* When Is It Time to Change Your Editing Software? - This is the episod where we talked about reasons you might want to change the software you use. * 2021 Rate Guide | AIR * Day Rate Calculator | AIR * https://podcasteditoracademy.com/2022survey - Here's the website where you can see the results. * Podcast Editors Club | Facebook - Join a community of over 8,000 other podcast editors on Facebook. * Podcast Editors Academy - The place where you belong includes a community with knowledge and support for Podcast Editors who take their service offerings seriously.
Join Us Live!We stream live to our Facebook page and to YouTube every other week.
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can find him on LinkedIn if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show.
Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. Fill out this form to let us know you're interested, and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis Are* Daniel Abendroth | Roth Media * Carrie Caulfield Arick | YaYa Podcasting * Bryan Entzminger | Top Tier Audio * Jennifer Longworth | Bourbon Barrel Podcasting
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts.
Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work!
Follow or subscribe and take the Podcast...
As podcast editors, we realize that the software we use is important. In fact, it might be the single most important piece of software we own.
But when is it time to consider changing?
When is it worth it to change?
What should we think about when we're considering a change?
If you've been editing podcasts for a while, you've probably considered those questions (and more). Listen to hear from the community - our thoughts, perspectives, frustrations, hangups, and more for the software we usually love and sometimes hate.
Join the conversation to share your thoughts and questions.
[ 🗨️ Join the Conversation ]
Listen to Discover* What DAWs your favorite Yetis use * What it would take for us to go looking for another DAW * Why you might not want to change DAWs * What DAWs we would use if we couldn't use our favorites * What you should do if your favorite DAW isn't popular (hint: we can't tell you what to do...)
Links And Resources* Ableton - A member of our live audience asked if anyone uses Ableton to edit podcasts. None of the Yetis do, but we do know that some other editors do. * Ferrite - Carrie mentioned that she sometimes uses Ferrite for quick edits while working on her phone. * Podcast Editors Club | Facebook - Join a community of over 8,000 other podcast editors on Facebook. * Reaper for Podcasting - Want to get up and running in Reaper for podcasting? Daniel can help. * Global Podcast Editors - Carrie mentioned that Stephanie documented her process of transitioning DAWs. * LUNA Recording System - Analog Sound at the Speed of Light - One of our listeners suggested Luna as an option if Hindenburg wasn't. * Podcast Editors Club DAW Poll - Find out which DAWs are the most popular for podcast editing (within the Podcast Editors Club). * Descript | All-in-one audio/video editing, as easy as a doc. - Carrie uses this when she's working on scripted podcasts. Bryan sometimes uses it, but doesn't trust the "de-umming" edits. * RX 10 Background Noise Removal & Audio Cleanup Software | iZotope - if you are a professional podcast editor, you probably need this software (or something like it) to fix bad recordings before yo ustart editing. * Audio recording and editing software | Adobe Audition - Carrie and Jennifer use Adobe Audition. * DaVinci Resolve 18 | Blackmagic Design - DaVinci Resolve is what Bryan uses when he needs to edit videos. * Studio One | PreSonus - Studio One is one of the DAWs Bryan has considered from time to time. * Podcast Editors Club | Poll time! What is your main DAW (for editing audio podcast recordings)? | Facebook - Find out which DAWs are the most popular among podcast editors (you might be surprised). * Hindenburg - Hindenburg is Bryan's favorite, but it's not the only one he usues. * REAPER | Audio Production Without Limits - Daniel uses Reaper....
It seems like every podcast editor wants to know the answer to the same question, "How can I find clients?" And the follow-up... "FAST!" We can't say it can't happen, but it's usually a long game because you're looking for clients who might stick with you for years and years. Listen as Carrie, Daniel, and Jennifer (YAY!) share what's working, what they're trying, and what's going on now. Have questions or comments? Join the conversation (link below). https://galas.fm/episode/d7b81744-e5ef-513a-a6fb-4e183fd2dc54 ([ 🗨️ Join the Conversation ]) Listen to DiscoverHow you can get started Why a podcast editing business isn't ONLY about editing podcasts The good, the bad, and the scary about platforms like Fiverr and Upwork How having the right relationships can help you increase your rates Ways you can incentivize clients to help you get the word out
Links And Resourceshttps://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/episode/pem0003-first-podcast-editing-client (Where can I find my first podcast client? - Podcast Editors Mastermind) - Our First episode on finding clients
Join Us Live!We stream live to our https://facebook.com/podcasteditorsmastermind/live_videos (Facebook page) and to https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCKhH_P48o2Z0Ot1HaMGILOw (YouTube) every other week.
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can https://www.facebook.com/AleCarbono (find him on Facebook) if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show. Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/beaguest (Fill out this form to let us know you're interested), and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis AreDaniel Abendroth | https://rothmedia.audio/ (Roth Media) Carrie Caulfield Arick | https://yayapodcasting.com/ (YaYa Podcasting) Bryan Entzminger | https://toptieraudio.com/ (Top Tier Audio) Jennifer Longworth | https://www.bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com/ (Bourbon Barrel Podcasting)
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts. Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work! Follow or subscribe and take the Podcast Editors Mastermind with you today! https://followthepodcast.com/pem (Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind) https://lovethepodcast.com/pem (Share your love for the Podcast Editors Mastermind)
If you want to be successful as a podcast editor, you just need to grind it out. All time time. Day and night. When you're sick. When your family needs you. Just keep grinding. Or do you? The reality is that you're not a machine, and you didn't go into business so that you could be the worst boss you've ever had. NOOO! You need to take time off. You need to recharge. You need to have a LIFE. https://galas.fm/episode/b4a7b9c6-2859-5b50-95d0-48c6f990b406 ([ 🗨️ Join the Conversation ]) Listen to DiscoverWhy Jennifer stepped away from the podcast for a bit Who didn't even show up to record this episode How long it took Carrie to feel comfortable taking time off How to deal with production lead times when getting ready for time off How many days Daniel wants to have off to recharge every week Ways to prepare for income changes when taking time off
Links And Resources
Join Us Live!We stream live to our https://facebook.com/podcasteditorsmastermind/live_videos (Facebook page) and to https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCKhH_P48o2Z0Ot1HaMGILOw (YouTube) every other week.
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can https://www.facebook.com/AleCarbono (find him on Facebook) if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show. Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/beaguest (Fill out this form to let us know you're interested), and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis AreDaniel Abendroth | https://rothmedia.audio/ (Roth Media) Carrie Caulfield Arick | https://yayapodcasting.com/ (YaYa Podcasting) Bryan Entzminger | https://toptieraudio.com/ (Top Tier Audio) Jennifer Longworth | https://www.bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com/ (Bourbon Barrel Podcasting)
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts. Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work! Follow or subscribe and take the Podcast Editors Mastermind with you today! https://followthepodcast.com/pem (Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind) https://lovethepodcast.com/pem (Share your love for the Podcast Editors Mastermind)
As podcast editors, most of us work remotely and have use some kind of software solution for calls and meetings. But how happy are you with the tool you're using? Is it the right one for you? When it comes to choosing a conferencing tool for podcasting purposes, there are many factors to consider. The most important factors are usually ease of use, cost, and (probably) how good the conferencing tool looks. Listen today and also join the conversation to share your thoughts and ask your questions. https://galas.fm/episode/456bef1e-c2e8-5507-90ea-fad2db8723d1 ([ 🗨️ Join the Conversation ]) Listen to DiscoverWhat conferencing tools our Yetis use One tool many people forget about A cool way to let potential clients choose their preferred communication method Some uncommon things you might want to consider about your conferencing tools Ideas about when it's time to change tools
BONUS: How and why we use markers in our production processes. Links And Resourceshttps://zoom.us/ (Zoom Video Conferencing) - Bryan uses Zoom because of the integration with Book Like a Boss. Carrie uses it too. But it's definitely not a free service. https://www.libsynstudio.com/ (Libsyn Studio | Create and Launch your podcast today!) - Patrick mentioned libsyn Connect, which led us to a short reference to libsyn Studio. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/episode/how-to-take-podcast-file-sharing-and-collaboration-to-the-next-level (How to Take Podcast File Sharing and Collaboration to the Next Level) - This is where we talked with Kam from Notetracks about file sharing and collaboration. https://slack.com/ (Slack) - Slack has a new "huddle" conferencing function.
https://calendly.com/ (Calendly) - Daniel used to use Calendly for bookings. https://www.booklikeaboss.com/?idev_id=583 (Book Like A Boss) - Bryan uses Book Like a Boss for scheduling client and prospect calls, as well as booking podcast interviews. He loves how it integrates with Zoom and how he can have both free and paid offerings. (Qualifying purchases with this link benefit Bryan.) https://meetfox.com/en/ (MeetFox | Free Scheduling and Meeting Software) - Daniel uses Meetfox to schedule and host his conference calls. https://meet.google.com/ (Google Meet) - If you use Google Calendar, you can use Google Meet to handle your video conferences.
Join Us Live!We stream live to our https://facebook.com/podcasteditorsmastermind/live_videos (Facebook page) and to https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCKhH_P48o2Z0Ot1HaMGILOw (YouTube) every other week.
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can https://www.facebook.com/AleCarbono (find him on Facebook) if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show. Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/beaguest (Fill out this form to let us know you're interested), and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis AreDaniel Abendroth | https://rothmedia.audio/ (Roth Media) Carrie Caulfield Arick | https://yayapodcasting.com/ (YaYa Podcasting) Bryan Entzminger | https://toptieraudio.com/ (Top Tier Audio)
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts. Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work! Follow or subscribe and take the Podcast Editors Mastermind with you today! https://followthepodcast.com/pem (Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind) https://lovethepodcast.com/pem (Share your love for the Podcast Editors...
Does balancing your workload ever seem like an insurmountable task? Do you sometimes wonder why some clients seem like a drain and others are a delight? You're not alone. Many business owners feel the same, especially when it comes to pricing and service. That's why we're talking about this - to bring it up and (hopefully) provide some tools to think this through. You'll learn why it's okay to charge different prices for different services and how to create a service level that's perfect for each customer. Plus, you'll gain a better understanding of the mindset behind pricing and service. So what are you waiting for? Listen today!
https://www.dropbox.com/s/m8qhed3xwl5vj5h/CWBP%20092%205%20Signs%20to%20Elevate%20Pivot%20or%20Scale.mp3?dl=0 ([ 🗨️ Join the Conversation ]) Listen to DiscoverCarrie doesn't like prepaid pricing. Why turnaround time really matters for inconsistent shows. Why seasons could change everything. What we like most about what we do. How to approach pricing when you're new.
Links And Resourceshttps://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/episode/pem0055-rush-fees-with-steve-stewart (Should I Charge Extra For Podcast Editing Clients Who Provide Files Late?) - This is where we talked about late fees. https://airmedia.org/tools/2021-rate-guide (2021 Rate Guide | AIR) - Here's a list of rates from AIR Media. https://galas.fm/podcast/67959671-4523-41e8-b5a9-747516306322 (Past community comments on Galas) - Check out the discussion from previous episodes (including what Will REALLY thinks about social networks).
Join Us Live!We stream live to our https://facebook.com/podcasteditorsmastermind/live_videos (Facebook page) and to https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCKhH_P48o2Z0Ot1HaMGILOw (YouTube) every other week.
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can https://www.facebook.com/AleCarbono (find him on Facebook) if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show. Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/beaguest (Fill out this form to let us know you're interested), and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis AreDaniel Abendroth | https://rothmedia.audio/ (Roth Media) Carrie Caulfield Arick | https://yayapodcasting.com/ (YaYa Podcasting) Bryan Entzminger | https://toptieraudio.com/ (Top Tier Audio)
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts. Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work! Follow or subscribe and take the Podcast Editors Mastermind with you today! https://followthepodcast.com/pem (Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind) https://lovethepodcast.com/pem (Share your love for the Podcast Editors Mastermind)
Are you looking for more podcasting clients? Most of us are, but it can be hard to find clients on social media, and it's easy to blame the platform. You're not wrong to think this, but there's more to the story. Have you taken the time to optimize your profile so that it's actually working for you? Discover how to optimize your social profiles as you listen to this important conversation (and maybe join the conversation by sharing the platform you're on but actually hate to use). https://galas.fm/episode/8ebe3246-e73b-5144-9802-36bd57f7e008 ([ 🗨️ Join the Conversation ]) Listen to DiscoverWhat should be on your social profiles One mistake many podcasters and editors make How to think about your personal vs. professional persona What to do if your friends and colleagues think you're silly to even try Why Carrie loves TikTok (and has 3 profiles)
Links And Resourceshttp://www.sixwordstories.net/ (Six Word Stories) - Wondering what Carrie meant when she referenced six word stories? Here are some examples. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/episode/bonnie-frank-helps-us-make-sales-calls-fabulous (Bonnie Frank Helps Us Make Sales Calls FABULOUS!!! - Podcast Editors Mastermind) - This is the episode where we talked to Bonnie Frank about sales calls. https://www.facebook.com/podcasteditorsmastermind/videos/615455529946657/ (Live Video Recording) - Check out the live recording if you want to see what we were talking about when we discussed our own profiles. https://podcasteditoracademy.com/ (Podcast Editors Academy) - The place where you belong includes a community with knowledge and support for Podcast Editors who take their service offerings seriously.
Join Us Live!We stream live to our https://facebook.com/podcasteditorsmastermind/live_videos (Facebook page) and to https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCKhH_P48o2Z0Ot1HaMGILOw (YouTube) every other week.
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can https://www.facebook.com/AleCarbono (find him on Facebook) if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show. Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/beaguest (Fill out this form to let us know you're interested), and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis AreDaniel Abendroth | https://rothmedia.audio/ (Roth Media) Carrie Caulfield Arick | https://yayapodcasting.com/ (YaYa Podcasting) Bryan Entzminger | https://toptieraudio.com/ (Top Tier Audio)
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts. Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work! Follow or subscribe and take the Podcast Editors Mastermind with you today! https://followthepodcast.com/pem (Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind) https://lovethepodcast.com/pem (Share your love for the Podcast Editors Mastermind)
Are you looking for a better way to collaborate on your podcasting team or clients? Notetracks might just be that solution for you. Listen to hear Kam Lal share how you can use Notetracks to easily share projects and collect feedback, in real time or asynchronously, by simply sharing a link. You'll get comments with precise timing, replies, and tags pinned to the timeline to make communicating simple and fun. Who knows? You might even be able to get some idea of what's to come. https://galas.fm/episode/69b179be-d8d7-5c28-bb04-718f7ed66095 ([ 🗨️ Join the Conversation - What three apps would you keep on your phone? ]) This episode is sponsored by Podcast Editor AcademyAre you looking to start or improve your podcast editing business? To turn your DAW into dollars (or your favorite currency)? If so, check out Podcast Editor Academy and use the code "YETIS" to get your first 30 days free! https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/pea (https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/pea) Listen to DiscoverHow long Kam kept the idea behind Notetracks alive How they've begun to focus on podcasting The crazy idea Bryan had that might just work How interested the Notetracks team REALLY is in innovating quickly Some potential future functionality of Notetracks.
Links And Resourceshttps://www.notetracks.com/audacity/?via=pem (Notetracks and Audacity) - You can export timeline markers from Notetracks and import them right into Audacity. Qualifying purchases from Notetracks may benefit the Podcast Editors Mastermind. https://www.notetracks.com/audition/?via=pem (Notetracks and Adobe Audition) - You can export timeline markers from Notetracks and then import them right into Adobe Audition. Qualifying purchases from Notetracks may benefit the Podcast Editors Mastermind. http://www.notetracks.com/?via=pem (Notetracks Pro | Podcast Collaboration) - Use Notetracks for quality control, collaboration, and even client reviews and revisions. Podcast Editor Academy members can get a 40% discount using the code in the Members Area, or use the code PEM25 to get 25% off your order today if you're not a member of the Podcast Editor Academy. The Podcast Editor Academy is a sponsor of the Podcast Editors Mastermind and qualifying purchases from Notetracks may benefit the Podcast Editors Mastermind. https://www.podcasteditoracademy.com/member/discounts/ (Discounts - Podcast Editor Academy) - You can find discounts for Notetracks Pro, Podcast Engineering School, Carrie's RX course, Bryan's Hindenburg course, and more in the Podcast Editor Academy.
ABOUT KAM LALKam Lal is the founder of Notetracks. He has an extensive background in audio / music production and software development. Notetracks was inspired by a need he had in his music production workflow that led to the development of the platform that is now used by musicians, podcasters and audio / video creators all around the world. Connect with Kam Join Us Live!We stream live to our https://facebook.com/podcasteditorsmastermind/live_videos (Facebook page) and to https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCKhH_P48o2Z0Ot1HaMGILOw (YouTube) every other week.
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can https://www.facebook.com/AleCarbono (find him on Facebook) if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show. Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/beaguest (Fill out this form to let us know you're interested), and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis AreDaniel Abendroth | https://rothmedia.audio/ (Roth Media) Carrie Caulfield Arick | https://yayapodcasting.com/ (YaYa Podcasting) Bryan Entzminger | https://toptieraudio.com/ (Top Tier Audio)
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more...
It's time to ask an expert about landing prospective clients. Are there strategies we should be using? Red flags to look out for? How should the money conversation really go? Bonnie Frank, business consultant, visibility expert, and host of Business Fabulous - joins us for part 2 of the Sales Calls mastermind. https://galas.fm/episode/b2f576a1-3ab1-5eec-8da4-1540ceb770f7 ([ 🗨️ Join the Conversation ]) This episode is sponsored by Podcast Editor AcademyAre you looking to start or improve your podcast editing business? To turn your DAW into dollars (or your favorite currency)? If so, check out Podcast Editor Academy and use the code "YETIS" to get your first 30 days free! https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/pea (https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/pea) Links And Resourceshttps://www.bonnielfrank.com/ (Welcome To Bonnie L Frank Coaching & Consulting Home Page) - Your business is waiting to be FABULOUS! All it takes is some guidance and what the Business Fabulous brand has to offer and you're on your way to the business and lifestyle you deserve! https://www.bonnielfrank.com/podcast (Business Fabulous Podcast) - Check out Bonnie's podcast! https://calendly.com/20minutechat (Calendly - Bonnie Frank) - Talk to Bonnie!
ABOUT Bonnie FrankBonnie is a former teacher and college professor who turned full-time entrepreneur at 49 with no business training, support, money to invest in her business or social media followers. She has coached thousands of entrepreneurs worldwide to grow their online businesses through proven visibility, social media, and marketing strategies and with her podcast, Business Fabulous. Join Us Live!We stream live to our https://facebook.com/podcasteditorsmastermind/live_videos (Facebook page) and to https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCKhH_P48o2Z0Ot1HaMGILOw (YouTube) every other week.
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can https://www.facebook.com/AleCarbono (find him on Facebook) if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show. Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/beaguest (Fill out this form to let us know you're interested), and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis AreDaniel Abendroth | https://rothmedia.audio/ (Roth Media) Carrie Caulfield Arick | https://yayapodcasting.com/ (YaYa Podcasting) Bryan Entzminger | https://toptieraudio.com/ (Top Tier Audio)
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts. Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work! Follow or subscribe and take the Podcast Editors Mastermind with you today! https://followthepodcast.com/pem (Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind) https://lovethepodcast.com/pem (Share your love for the Podcast Editors Mastermind)
Mentioned in this episode: Join the Podcast Editor Academy Are you looking to start or improve your podcast editing business? To turn your DAW into dollars (or your favorite currency)? If so, check out Podcast Editor Academy and use the code "YETIS" to get your first 30 days free! https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/pea (Podcast Editor Academy)
Are you struggling with making sales calls? Sometimes we all do. Whether it's fear, not knowing what to do, or feeling like nothing seems to go right, we've faced those same things. Join us to discover what we do to overcome those fears. We will share how we prepare, our mindset, how we view objections, and what to do if the conversation goes off track. We can't promise 100% success (and you don't really want that anyway...), but we do want to see us all able to move forward with more confidence as we build our businesses. Make sure you don't miss it. Listen today! https://galas.fm/episode/9a6be391-0d77-59f5-8f71-01db4d2b54a0 ([ 🗨️ Join the Conversation ]) This episode is sponsored by Podcast Editor AcademyAre you looking to start or improve your podcast editing business? To turn your DAW into dollars (or your favorite currency)? If so, check out Podcast Editor Academy and use the code "YETIS" to get your first 30 days free! https://podcasteditoracademy.com/ (https://podcasteditoracademy.com) Listen to DiscoverHow discussing pricing early could be a good thing The value (and potential pitfalls) of having a framework or script One way to overcome the combined fear of talking about money and also just having the call One idea for how to establish value and credibility very quickly
Links And Resourceshttps://editorcorps.com/ (Editor Corps – Let Your Podcast Take Flight) - We mentioned that Mike Wilkerson has an interesting approach to pricing and skills demonstration. Here's the website for Editor Corps. https://www.booklikeaboss.com/?idev_id=583 (Book Like A Boss: Booking Page Builder | More Bookings More Money) - The booking service Bryan uses, that integrates with Zoom for meeting links. (Affiliate link. Qualifying purchases benefit Bryan.) https://meetfox.com/en/ (MeetFox | Free Scheduling and Meeting Software) - This is the all-in-one scheduling and video conference tool that Daniel referenced. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xR9kwRmSntg (Livestream Recording of How To Overcome the Fear of Making Sales Calls) - Prefer to watch? Check out the live YouTube recording (and discover how much Alejandro has to edit out).
Join Us Live!We stream live to our https://facebook.com/podcasteditorsmastermind/live_videos (Facebook page) and to https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCKhH_P48o2Z0Ot1HaMGILOw (YouTube) every other week.
Our EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can https://www.facebook.com/AleCarbono (find him on Facebook) if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show. Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/beaguest (Fill out this form to let us know you're interested), and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis AreDaniel Abendroth | https://rothmedia.audio/ (Roth Media) Carrie Caulfield Arick | https://yayapodcasting.com/ (YaYa Podcasting) Bryan Entzminger | https://toptieraudio.com/ (Top Tier Audio)
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts. Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work! Follow or subscribe and take the Podcast Editors Mastermind with you today! https://followthepodcast.com/pem (Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind) https://lovethepodcast.com/pem (Share your love for the Podcast Editors Mastermind)
Mentioned in this episode: Join the Podcast Editor Academy Are you looking to start or improve your podcast editing business? To turn your DAW into...
Editing podcasts can be a lot of work, and when clients provide files late or make last-minute changes, it can be frustrating.
As you already know, getting late files can be a HUGE disruption to your business and your life. But what should you do about it? Should you charge a punitive fee? Should you push back due dates? Should you just fire the client?
Yeah, there are options, but navigating them isn't necessarily easy and, ultimately, it's up to you to decide what's best for your business.
If you find that late files are becoming a regular problem, it may be worth instituting a policy that charges extra for them. This will help to offset the extra work that you have to put in, and it will also send a message to your clients that such behavior is not acceptable.
So what do you think? Should editors charge extra for late podcast files? Listen and share your thoughts.
https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/07/PEA-Banner.png () This episode is sponsored by Podcast Editor Academy Are you looking to start or improve your podcast editing business? To turn your DAW into dollars (or your favorite currency)? If so, check out Podcast Editor Academy and use the code "YETIS" to get your first 30 days free!
https://podcasteditoracademy.com (https://podcasteditoracademy.com) We stream live to https://www.facebook.com/podcasteditorsmastermind (Facebook Page) every other week. This episode was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. He’s open to editing work in English and Spanish. Interested in being a guest on the show? If you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/be-a-guest/ (Fill out this form )to let us know you're interested, and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit. Resources:
Podcast Editors Conference: https://podcasteditorsconference.com (https://podcasteditorsconference.com)
Podcast Editor Academy: https://podcasteditoracademy.com (https://podcasteditoracademy.com)
The study STeve referenced: https://foreignpolicy.com/2015/08/03/india-inc-s-day-care-experiment/ (https://foreignpolicy.com/2015/08/03/india-inc-s-day-care-experiment/)
Podcast Editors Club (on Facebook): https://facebook.com/groups/podcastediors (https://facebook.com/groups/podcastediors)
Appearing in this episode:
Steve Stewart: https://podcasteditoracademy.com (https://podcasteditoracademy.com)
Daniel Abendroth: https://rothmedia.audio (https://rothmedia.audio) | https://twitter.com/rothmedia_audio (@rothmedia_audio)
Bryan Entzminger: https://toptieraudio.com (https://toptieraudio.com) | https://twitter.com/@toptieraudio (@toptieraudio)
Mentioned in this episode: Join the Podcast Editor Academy Are you looking to start or improve your podcast editing business? To turn your DAW into dollars (or your favorite currency)? If so, check out Podcast Editor Academy and use the code "YETIS" to get your first 30 days free! https://podcast-editors-mastermind.captivate.fm/pea (Podcast Editor Academy)
Starting a podcast editing business is hard. It's a service-based business, with a ton of technical skills to pick up. But don't forget that as a business owner, you also win the job of business owner (which also means business promoter). That's part of what makes it so hard to get started. You have to balance all the things. You have to spin all the plates. And at the end of a 14-hour day, when you realize that you don't have any new business in the pipeline, it's YOUR job to go out and get some new business. That's when it's so tempting to just hop on Facebook or Reddit and start spamming all the groups with, "Want editing? I can help." And then the group admin's ban hammer strikes hard, you get booted from all the groups, and even your closest childhood friends won't talk to you anymore, either. Okay. Maybe not that extreme. But there has to be a better way. And that's what we're going to talk about - some ideas for how you can get the word out about what you're doing without opening up that can of potted meat byproduct. We may not have your specific answer, but we'll share our thoughts, brainstorm together, and maybe we'll all come out a little stronger. Resourceshttps://podcasteditorsconference.com/ (Podcast Editors Conference) EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can https://www.facebook.com/AleCarbono (find him on Facebook) if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show. Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/beaguest (Fill out this form to let us know you're interested), and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit. Your Yetis AreDaniel Abendroth | https://rothmedia.audio/ (Roth Media) Carrie Caulfield Arick | https://yayapodcasting.com/ (YaYa Podcasting) Bryan Entzminger | https://toptieraudio.com/ (Top Tier Audio)
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts. Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work! Follow or subscribe and take the Podcast Editors Mastermind with you today! https://followthepodcast.com/pem (Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind) https://lovethepodcast.com/pem (Share your love for the Podcast Editors Mastermind)
Mentioned in this episode: Support Our Ukrainian PodCommunity Fighting for Ukraine Yuriy Matsarsky is a Ukrainian journalist turned civilian fighter against the Russian invasion of the democratic country of Ukraine. In this podcast, he brings daily updates from the front lines of the Ukrainian resistance. Listen in your favorite app: pod.link/1613573570
Please consider donating to Yuriy's Go Fund Me campaign, which helps him support his now refugee family. It'll help Yuriy rest a little easier during this waking nightmare. Every $5 makes a true difference: https://gofund.me/6bef49ba https://podcast-editors-mastermind.captivate.fm/ffu (Fighting for Ukraine)
Do you feel like you're stuck in a rut as a podcast editor? Does it seem like you're never able to land a new client? Or worse, that you're attracting the wrong clients? Maybe you feel like you're spinning your wheels, or you know you're getting some traction on social media or traffic to your website, but it never seems to convert. It doesn't turn into anything. If that's the case, it's possible that you need to look at your branding - to make sure that it's speaking directly to that ideal client you want to meet. Sure, it can be scary (and humbling) to think about blowing up the brand you spent months or years building. But if that's what's keeping you from getting some traction, it might be time to take a look at that. Listen to discover what's leading a couple of our beloved Yetis to step into the process of rebranding, hear what they're thinking about (and afraid of), and discover some keys that might help you avoid the same mistakes we've made. What we discussedWhat is branding, really? What are some indications that it might be time to rebrand? What should we watch out for? How important is a mission statement in branding? How can you know if your branding is on point?
We stream live to https://www.facebook.com/podcasteditorsmastermind (Facebook Page) every other week. This episode was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. He’s open to work editing in English and Spanish. Interested in being a guest on the show?If you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/be-a-guest/ (Fill out this form )to let us know you're interested and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit. Resources:https://yayapodcasting.com/ (Carrie's (current) Website) https://rothmedia.audio/ (Michelle & Daniel's Website) https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/episodes/pem0048-tara-kelly-podcast-editor-websites/ (The episode where Bryan learned that he needs to do some additional work to tighten up and clarify his branding (which he's not yet completed)) https://tansyaster.com/our-team/ (Tara - Brand strategist and so much more) https://www.canva.com/templates/ (Canva Templates (you can use them for inspiration)) https://www.hatchwise.com/ (Hatchwise - Creative Agency) https://magnificentnoise.com/who-we-are (Magnificent Noise - co-founded by Eric Nuzum, the creator of the 10 word show description) https://www.oberlo.com/blog/color-psychology-color-meanings (Color Psychology)
Appearing in this episode:Michelle Abendroth: https://rothmedia.audio (https://rothmedia.audio) | https://instagram.com/sparkleadventures (@sparkleadventures) Carrie Caulfield-Arick: https://yayapodcasting.com (https://yayapodcasting.com) | https://twitter.com/thekeldakitty (@thekeldakitty) Bryan Entzminger: https://toptieraudio.com (https://toptieraudio.com) | https://twitter.com/@toptieraudio (@toptieraudio)
Mentioned in this episode: Support Our Ukrainian PodCommunity Fighting for Ukraine Yuriy Matsarsky is a Ukrainian journalist turned civilian fighter against the Russian invasion of the democratic country of Ukraine. In this podcast, he brings daily updates from the front lines of the Ukrainian resistance. Listen in your favorite app: pod.link/1613573570
Please consider donating to Yuriy's Go Fund Me campaign, which helps him support his now refugee family. It'll help Yuriy rest a little easier during this waking nightmare. Every $5 makes a true difference: https://gofund.me/6bef49ba https://podcast-editors-mastermind.captivate.fm/ffu (Fighting for Ukraine)
How do you make decisions about what's possible or the right thing to do? Do you look for examples of success to the exclusion of contrary information?
That's Survivor Bias. And it's all over in the podcasting space.
I mean, if we didn't think we could be Joe Rogan, would we even try?
Hopefully.
But the downside of Survivor Bias is that it's possible we might toil for years on the faulty assumption that something's possible. Or that the way it's always been done is the right way to do it.
But that if that's not the case?
What if we guide our clients based on faulty information?
Listen as we explore the concept of Survivor Bias and how it can affect us, our businesses, and our clients. We don't claim to know the answers, but we want to ask the questions because we want to see you, ourselves, and our collective clients succeed.
We stream live to our https://www.facebook.com/podcasteditorsmastermind (Facebook Page) every other week. Our Editor This episode edited by Alejandro Ramirez. He’s open to work editing in English and Spanish. Interested in being a guest on the show? If you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/be-a-guest/ (Fill out this form )to let us know you're interested and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit. Resources:
https://6figurecreative.com/the-word-of-mouth-death-trap-and-how-to-avoid-it/ (The 6 Figure Creative episode that started it all)
https://www.investopedia.com/terms/s/survivorshipbias.asp (Info about survivorship bias)
https://www.kbmanage.com/concept/survivorship-bias (More info about survivorship bias)
https://www.instagram.com/p/CdwWFbgKi5m/ (Bryan's Drawing)
https://www.facebook.com/iamdesmondadams/posts/3245044625742414 (Paul Desmond Adams's Article)
Appearing in this episode:
Daniel Abendroth: https://rothmedia.audio (https://rothmedia.audio) | https://twitter.com/rothmedia_audio (@rothmedia_audio)
Carrie Caulfield-Arick: https://yayapodcasting.com (https://yayapodcasting.com) | https://twitter.com/thekeldakitty (@thekeldakitty)
Bryan Entzminger: https://toptieraudio.com (https://toptieraudio.com) | https://twitter.com/@toptieraudio (@toptieraudio)
Mentioned in this episode: Support Our Ukrainian PodCommunity Fighting for Ukraine Yuriy Matsarsky is a Ukrainian journalist turned civilian fighter against the Russian invasion of the democratic country of Ukraine. In this podcast, he brings daily updates from the front lines of the Ukrainian resistance. Listen in your favorite app: pod.link/1613573570
Please consider donating to Yuriy's Go Fund Me campaign, which helps him support his now refugee family. It'll help Yuriy rest a little easier during this waking nightmare. Every $5 makes a true difference: https://gofund.me/6bef49ba https://podcast-editors-mastermind.captivate.fm/ffu (Fighting for Ukraine)
The great thing about the podcast production industry is that for the most part, we're all friends (or at least friendly). But that doesn't mean that we should share EVERYTHING with our peers. After all, sometimes we are also competing with each other for the same jobs. What things can we talk about? What things should we talk about? What things might get us into legal or ethical hot water? Listen to hear our thoughts and feel free to share your own in the comments. We stream live to https://www.facebook.com/podcasteditorsmastermind (Facebook Page) every other week. This episode edited by Alejandro Ramirez. He’s open to work editing in English and Spanish. Interested in being a guest on the show?If you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/be-a-guest/ (Fill out this form )to let us know you're interested and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit. Resources:https://boomcaster.com (Boomcaster)
Appearing in this episode:Daniel Abendroth: https://rothmedia.audio (https://rothmedia.audio) | https://twitter.com/rothmedia_audio (@rothmedia_audio) Carrie Caulfield-Arick: https://yayapodcasting.com (https://yayapodcasting.com) | https://twitter.com/thekeldakitty (@thekeldakitty) Bryan Entzminger: https://toptieraudio.com (https://toptieraudio.com) | https://twitter.com/@toptieraudio (@toptieraudio)
Mentioned in this episode: Support Our Ukrainian PodCommunity Fighting for Ukraine Yuriy Matsarsky is a Ukrainian journalist turned civilian fighter against the Russian invasion of the democratic country of Ukraine. In this podcast, he brings daily updates from the front lines of the Ukrainian resistance. Listen in your favorite app: pod.link/1613573570
Please consider donating to Yuriy's Go Fund Me campaign, which helps him support his now refugee family. It'll help Yuriy rest a little easier during this waking nightmare. Every $5 makes a true difference: https://gofund.me/6bef49ba https://podcast-editors-mastermind.captivate.fm/ffu (Fighting for Ukraine)
Being a podcast editor can seem like it's all fun and games until you mess up on someone else's show. Then it can be scary. But let's face it: no matter how much time and care we take, and how much we invest in quality control, it's inevitable that there will be mistakes. Maybe even major mistakes. Join us as we talk about some of our mistakes and the strategies we've developed to make things right (or as right as possible) so that we can create the best possible outcome for everyone. If you spend a little time creating strategies for how to handle mistakes, it can save you a LOT of headaches later. We stream live to https://www.facebook.com/podcasteditorsmastermind (Facebook Page) every other week. EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can https://www.facebook.com/AleCarbono (find him on Facebook) if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show. Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/beaguest (Fill out this form to let us know you're interested), and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit. Your Yetis AreDaniel Abendroth | https://rothmedia.audio/ (Roth Media) Carrie Caulfield Arick | https://yayapodcasting.com/ (YaYa Podcasting) Bryan Entzminger | https://toptieraudio.com/ (Top Tier Audio)
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts. Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work! Follow or subscribe and take the Podcast Editors Mastermind with you today! https://followthepodcast.com/pem (Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind) https://lovethepodcast.com/pem (Share your love for the Podcast Editors Mastermind)
You’d be wrong to think that prices are based on a simple equation. You’d also be wrong if you think podcasters want the packages you’re selling right now. The joy of a new, dynamic industry like ours is also it’s curse: We are constantly having to adapt creative minds and their new ideas.
So what strategies do you use to determine what to provide clients and what that service is worth?
Mailbag: Do you have a system for creating packages and prices? We’d love to hear from you. (because Carrie really wants to do a mailbag/AMA episode)
We learned a few things throughout this episode, but one of them was how much strategies vary from editor to editor. That editors are constantly re-evaluating and refining offerings and rates. And that packages rarely seem to suit podcasters (which is something to explore on its own in a future episode).
When you quoted your first client, did you pull a number out of the air?
If you did it’s normal. We aren’t MBAs. We’re editors– part artists, part techies– who had this wild idea to invent a job that is challenging, flexible and rewarding. That’s why we started this show: to work through these sorts of things with our community… to mastermind with you. We asked our live audience what models they used and shared our own. Here were the answers...
Hourly
Per Episode
Day Rates
Project-based
Value-based
We also covered the pros and cons of various billing cycles. Surprisingly, some of are moving away from monthly billing.
Scope Creep and a la carte packages
It was pretty well agreed that no one package is right for the majority of podcasters. There’s always something that’s not quite right. Or a podcaster wants more than agreed to without, ahem, wanting to pay for it. A la carte and a clear contract may be your best bet for staving off scope creep.
If you're like us, you have things to say about what we talked about in this episode. If you're a member of our community, https://www.facebook.com/groups/podcasteditorsmastermind (you most certainly can do that). You might even see a live editing session or product demo! Links:
https://www.quoters.io/ (Quoters.io)
https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/episodes/pem028-carol-lynn-rivera-profit-first/ (Episode 28 on Profit First)
https://amzn.to/3NYIsBr (Profit First on Amazon )
https://airmedia.org/tools/all-our-rate-guides (AirMedia Rates Guide) (has a neat day rate calculator)
We stream live to https://www.facebook.com/podcasteditorsmastermind (Facebook Page) every Thursday at 9:05 pm EST/6:05 PST. NEXT LIVESTREAM: April 17th
Shout out to Steph Fuccio of https://globalpodcasteditors.substack.com/ (Podcast Editng Plus) and https://www.stephfuccio.com/globalpodcasteditors (Global Podcast Editors) (a twice-monthly candid conversation with podcast editors). Go subscribe to her newsletter, it’s worth reading.
And thanks, Steph, for this review: I adore this podcast. The transparent way that they talk about podcast editing as a freelance and business experience is insanely helpful. A must listen for anyone curious how price services, create packages, upskill your tech and so much more. Good humans, these folks are! --via https://www.podchaser.com/podcasts/podcast-editors-mastermind-1062361/reviews/87417 (Podchaser)
blushing
Your Masterminders: Daniel Abendroth: https://rothmedia.audio (https://rothmedia.audio) | https://twitter.com/rothmedia_audio (@rothmedia_audio)
Carrie Caulfield-Arick: https://yayapodcasting.com (https://yayapodcasting.com) | https://www.instagram.com/carriearick/ (@carriearick)
Bryan Entzminger: https://toptieraudio.com (https://toptieraudio.com) | https://twitter.com/@toptieraudio (@toptieraudio)
Our editor is Alejandro Ramirez. He’s open to work editing in English and Spanish.
Podcast editors: Do you have a website? Do you know whether your website is working for or against your business?
Most of us are incredibly good at podcast production and might even have some basic web design skills. But that doesn't mean that we're all experts on branding, user experience, accessibility, and more.
We know that a great website can be an incredible asset for our businesses. But how can we make the most of our websites? How can we know for sure what we should include and what we should leave out?
How can we know when we should just do it ourselves and when it's time to bring in a pro to help us?
We don't know either...
But Tara Kelly of Tansy Aster Creative does. She's a brand strategist, web developer, video and music producer, copywriter, and so much more. And she's going to be joining us to share what we need to know.
We don't plan for this to be just another one of those "why you need a website" episodes. We're planning to talk about what's important to make sure you include, what you might want to leave out, common mistakes, some show-and-tell examples, and more. And, of course, if you're joining us live in the chat, you'll have your chance to share your questions so that we can do our best to make sure we're getting you exactly what you need right now.
Make sure you don't miss this :) Links And Resources
https://fb.watch/bPCICWs95G/ (See the website teardowns (starts at about 33 minutes in))
https://tansyaster.com (Tansy Aster)
https://tansyasteraudio.com (Tansy Aster Audio)
https://app.termageddon.com/?fp_ref=tansyaster (Termageddon) (get a 10% discount, qualifying purchases benefit Tara)
https://www.w3.org/WAI/standards-guidelines/wcag/ (WCAG Guidelines)
https://webaim.org/ (Web Accessibility)
https://Elegantthemes.com (Elegant Themes (makers of Divi))
https://developers.google.com/web/tools/lighthouse/ (Google Lighthouse)
About Tara Kelly (in her own words) Storytelling is my life, and I’m always working to get to the next level. I have a BA in Film & Digital Media from the University of California Santa Cruz, a Brand Management Certificate from Cornell University, and over a decade of professional experience working as a brand strategist + designer, web developer, video and music producer, and copywriter. Telling a damn good story is what gets me up in the morning. In my career, I've worked with nonprofits, thought leaders, multi-published authors, healthcare organizations, and organizations focused on social responsibility and sustainability. I strive to make the world a more inclusive and accessible place for all. I’m also a multi-published, award-winning author with Macmillan who is obsessed with avocados, hiking, and chasing storms. #proudlyneurodivergent Editor This episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can https://www.facebook.com/AleCarbono (find him on Facebook) if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show. Be a Guest If you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/beaguest (Fill out this form to let us know you're interested), and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit. Your Yetis Are
Daniel Abendroth | https://rothmedia.audio/ (Roth Media)
Jennifer Longworth | https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com/ (Bourbon Barrel Podcasting)
Carrie Caulfield Arick | https://yayapodcasting.com/ (YaYa Podcasting)
Bryan Entzminger | https://toptieraudio.com/ (Top Tier Audio)
About the Podcast Editors Mastermind The Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts.
Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what...
Raising your podcast editing rates... It's scary. It's necessary. It can lead to GREAT conversations. But if you're like me (Bryan), you might find those conversations hard to think about and even harder to start. Join us for this live recording of the Podcast Editors Mastermind as we share our experiences and perspectives and hope to hear yours, too. We want to see ALL of us get paid what we're worth so that we can provide great service to our clients and customers and also live well, knowing that what we do matters and that we're compensated well for it. Listen to DiscoverWhy raising rates can be scary How many clients your Yetis have lost due to raising rates One tool that can help make it easier to start the, "My rates have gone up" conversation
Links And Resourceshttps://podcasteditoracademy.com (Podcast Editor Academy)
EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can https://www.facebook.com/AleCarbono (find him on Facebook) if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show. Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/beaguest (Fill out this form to let us know you're interested), and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit. Your Yetis AreDaniel Abendroth | https://rothmedia.audio/ (Roth Media) Jennifer Longworth | https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com/ (Bourbon Barrel Podcasting) Carrie Caulfield Arick | https://yayapodcasting.com/ (YaYa Podcasting) Bryan Entzminger | https://toptieraudio.com/ (Top Tier Audio)
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts. Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work! Follow or subscribe and take the Podcast Editors Mastermind with you today! https://followthepodcast.com/pem (Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind) https://lovethepodcast.com/pem (Share your love for the Podcast Editors Mastermind)
Mentioned in this episode: Support Our Ukrainian PodCommunity Fighting for Ukraine Yuriy Matsarsky is a Ukrainian journalist turned civilian fighter against the Russian invasion of the democratic country of Ukraine. In this podcast, he brings daily updates from the front lines of the Ukrainian resistance. Listen in your favorite app: pod.link/1613573570
Please consider donating to Yuriy's Go Fund Me campaign, which helps him support his now refugee family. It'll help Yuriy rest a little easier during this waking nightmare. Every $5 makes a true difference: https://gofund.me/6bef49ba https://podcast-editors-mastermind.captivate.fm/ffu (Fighting for Ukraine)
Producing a podcast is a LOT of work, and it can be confusing. Fortunately, there are editors like us who not only take on some of the workload, but also bring our expertise and structure to the process. And as an added benefit, we are always looking for ways to improve what we do, for our benefit and our clients. We focus on improving our processes, get better at identifying issues, improving client relationships, and more. However, that doesn't mean that every client is a fit for us and sometimes we have to make the tough call - to decide that it's time to part ways with a client. Of course, even in parting, how we do it matters. Join us as Mike Wilkerson of EditorCorps.com and VoiceFarmers.com shares how he not only practices these himself, but also helps other editors get their businesses up and running ... in a way that benefits everyone and gets another pro editor out into the wild :) Listen to DiscoverSigns that it might be time to part ways Whether it's worth adapting to match a client's processes Why Mike started EditorCorps.com and how it can help podcast editors get started
Links And Resourceshttp://editorcorps.com/ (EditorCorps.Com) http://voicefarmers.com/ (VoiceFarmers.Com) https://podcastgauntlet.com (Podcastgauntlet.com) https://amazon.com/dp/B086653VSH (Zoom H6) https://asana.com/ (Asana.com) https://clickup.com/ (ClickUp.com) https://www.disneyplus.com/ (DisneyPlus.com) https://rayconglobal.com/ (RayConGlobal.com) https://www.patreon.com/ (Patreon.com) https://www.subscribestar.com/ (SubscribeStar.com) https://www.facebook.com/podcasteditorsmastermind (Be part of the live experience)
About Mike WilkersonMike Wilkerson is a former certified Sign Language Interpreter for the Deaf, then a Marketing Automation Director for a large St. Louis-based Computer company. He now conjures content of all kinds for a growing client listing across the nation. Mike has been hosting, producing, concepting and enhancing podcasts since 2005. While his interests are definitively pop culture-based, the bottom line is: It’s ALL About Perspective. Whether it’s being captured inside of one of Mike’s http://2guystalking.com/locations/ (Podcast Capture Studios) (based in the St. Louis area). – Podcasting is Captured Perspective. Mike also runs a Podcast Editing Team & Academy (The Editor Corps over at http://editorcorps.com/ (EditorCorps.Com)) and a Voiceover Team (The VoiceFarmers over at http://voicefarmers.com/ (VoiceFarmers.Com)). If you're looking for lightbulb moments, education and perspective - Mike is the OG Podcaster you'll want to connect with. EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can https://www.facebook.com/AleCarbono (find him on Facebook) if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show. Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/beaguest (Fill out this form to let us know you're interested), and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit. Your Yetis AreDaniel Abendroth | https://rothmedia.audio/ (Roth Media) Jennifer Longworth | https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com/ (Bourbon Barrel Podcasting) Carrie Caulfield Arick | https://yayapodcasting.com/ (YaYa Podcasting) Bryan Entzminger | https://toptieraudio.com/ (Top Tier Audio)
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts. Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work! Follow or subscribe and take the Podcast Editors Mastermind with you today!...
It seems like there's always this pressure to do everything. To be everywhere. And that applies not only to (sometimes) taking clients who aren't a great fit, but also to the idea of "being everywhere." But do we actually have to be everywhere? Do we actually have to do everything? Do we HAVE to be on social media? Or can we operate and grow our businesses without being on social media? Listen as Chris Curran shares what happened when he disappeared from social media and Carrie shares what happened when she took a break from it. Listen to DiscoverIn what ways can social media be healthy for us and our businesses? In what ways can social media be unhealthy for podcast editors? What was it like for Chris when he left Facebook? Has being off Facebook slowed down Chris's business growth?
Links And Resourceshttps://podcastengineeringschool.com (Podcast Engineering School) https://podcastengineeringschool.com/product/getting-new-clients-at-higher-rates/ (Getting New Clients at Higher Rates) https://podcastengineeringschool.com/category/show/ (Podcast Engineering Show) https://podcastengineeringschool.com/category/daily-goody/ (Chris's Daily Goody) https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/ (Podcast Editor Academy)
About Chris CurranChris Curran is a podcast engineer and the founder of Podcast Engineering School, where he teaches serious podcast producers how to produce professional quality shows by doubling down on their knowledge of audio production fundamentals, engineering remote recording sessions, and full professional post-production. He's also the host of the Podcast Engineering Show, where he interviews audio professionals about how they produce professional audio so that all of his listeners can take the best of what they learn and use it to continually improve what they do. EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can https://www.facebook.com/AleCarbono (find him on Facebook) if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show. Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/beaguest (Fill out this form to let us know you're interested), and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit. Your Yetis AreDaniel Abendroth | https://rothmedia.audio/ (Roth Media) Jennifer Longworth | https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com/ (Bourbon Barrel Podcasting) Carrie Caulfield Arick | https://yayapodcasting.com/ (YaYa Podcasting) Bryan Entzminger | https://toptieraudio.com/ (Top Tier Audio)
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts. Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work! Follow or subscribe and take the Podcast Editors Mastermind with you today! https://followthepodcast.com/pem (Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind) https://lovethepodcast.com/pem (Share your love for the Podcast Editors Mastermind)
Mentioned in this episode: Support Our Ukrainian PodCommunity Fighting for Ukraine Yuriy Matsarsky is a Ukrainian journalist turned civilian fighter against the Russian invasion of the democratic country of Ukraine. In this podcast, he brings daily updates from the front lines of the Ukrainian resistance. Listen in your favorite app: pod.link/1613573570
Please consider donating to Yuriy's Go Fund Me campaign, which helps him support his now refugee family. It'll help Yuriy rest a little easier during this waking nightmare. Every $5 makes a true difference: https://gofund.me/6bef49ba...
A little controversial perhaps, but .... How do you know if entrepreneurship is right for you? Setting up your own business isn't the only option available for a career in podcasting. We'll be discussing the pros and cons of starting your own business vs. working for someone else's business... and all the options in between. Listen to DiscoverHow the landscape of podcast editing has changed. What one word people use to describe Carrie that she doesn't like. Reasons why you might want to consider starting a business. A little of what it's REALLY like to run a business.
EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Alejandro Ramirez. You can https://www.facebook.com/AleCarbono (find him on Facebook) if you're interested in talking with him about editing your show. Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/beaguest (Fill out this form to let us know you're interested), and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit. Your Yetis AreDaniel Abendroth | https://rothmedia.audio (Roth Media) Jennifer Longworth | https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com (Bourbon Barrel Podcasting) Carrie Caulfield Arick | https://yayapodcasting.com (YaYa Podcasting) Bryan Entzminger | https://toptieraudio.com (Top Tier Audio)
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts. Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work! Follow or subscribe and take the Podcast Editors Mastermind with you today! https://followthepodcast.com/pem (Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind) https://lovethepodcast.com/pem (Share your love for the Podcast Editors Mastermind)
Mentioned in this episode: Support Our Ukrainian PodCommunity Fighting for Ukraine Yuriy Matsarsky is a Ukrainian journalist turned civilian fighter against the Russian invasion of the democratic country of Ukraine. In this podcast, he brings daily updates from the front lines of the Ukrainian resistance. Listen in your favorite app: pod.link/1613573570
Please consider donating to Yuriy's Go Fund Me campaign, which helps him support his now refugee family. It'll help Yuriy rest a little easier during this waking nightmare. Every $5 makes a true difference: https://gofund.me/6bef49ba https://podcast-editors-mastermind.captivate.fm/ffu (Fighting for Ukraine)
Producing a podcast is sooo much more than just cutting out filler words. While there are many ways to get things done, if you're thoughtful about how you approach your work, you can get a better final episode and save time doing it. Join us as we talk with Tony Bottoms about podcast production workflow. Links:https://appaloosamedia.com/ (https://appaloosamedia.com/)
Appearing in this episode:Daniel Abendroth: https://rothmedia.audio (https://rothmedia.audio) | https://twitter.com/rothmedia_audio (@rothmedia_audio) Jennifer Longworth: https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com/ (https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com) https://twitter.com/KYPodcasting (| @KYPodcasting) Carrie Caulfield-Arick: https://yayapodcasting.com (https://yayapodcasting.com) | https://www.instagram.com/carriearick/ (@carriearick) Bryan Entzminger: https://toptieraudio.com (https://toptieraudio.com) | https://twitter.com/@toptieraudio (@toptieraudio)
Mentioned in this episode: Support Our Ukrainian PodCommunity Fighting for Ukraine Yuriy Matsarsky is a Ukrainian journalist turned civilian fighter against the Russian invasion of the democratic country of Ukraine. In this podcast, he brings daily updates from the front lines of the Ukrainian resistance. Listen in your favorite app: pod.link/1613573570
Please consider donating to Yuriy's Go Fund Me campaign, which helps him support his now refugee family. It'll help Yuriy rest a little easier during this waking nightmare. Every $5 makes a true difference: https://gofund.me/6bef49ba https://podcast-editors-mastermind.captivate.fm/ffu (Fighting for Ukraine)
Helen King is a podcast editor from New Zealand and tonight she will be sharing her incredible story of how she got into podcast editing and the journey of becoming an editor in a growing market. Links:Helen’s podcast: https://helsbels7.podbean.com (https://helsbels7.podbean.com) Helen’s website: https://www.hkproductionsnz.com (https://www.hkproductionsnz.com)
Appearing in this episode:Daniel Abendroth: https://rothmedia.audio (https://rothmedia.audio) | https://twitter.com/rothmedia_audio (@rothmedia_audio) Jennifer Longworth: https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com/ (https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com) https://twitter.com/KYPodcasting (| @KYPodcasting) Carrie Caulfield-Arick: https://yayapodcasting.com (https://yayapodcasting.com) | https://www.instagram.com/carriearick/ (@carriearick) Bryan Entzminger: https://toptieraudio.com (https://toptieraudio.com) | https://twitter.com/@toptieraudio (@toptieraudio)
Mentioned in this episode: Support Our Ukrainian PodCommunity Fighting for Ukraine Yuriy Matsarsky is a Ukrainian journalist turned civilian fighter against the Russian invasion of the democratic country of Ukraine. In this podcast, he brings daily updates from the front lines of the Ukrainian resistance. Listen in your favorite app: pod.link/1613573570
Please consider donating to Yuriy's Go Fund Me campaign, which helps him support his now refugee family. It'll help Yuriy rest a little easier during this waking nightmare. Every $5 makes a true difference: https://gofund.me/6bef49ba https://podcast-editors-mastermind.captivate.fm/ffu (Fighting for Ukraine)
When it comes to building your podcast editing business, editing skills can only take you so far and rarely are the reason you land new clients. Have a solid marketing strategy can be what separates you from the crowd. Tonight we have Anisha Prachaseri to help us figure it out. Anisha has over 15 years experience in her own international sales and marketing agency working with global, regional, local brands and startups. Get in touch with AniishaInstagram: https://www.instagram.com/anishapja (https://www.instagram.com/anishapja) LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/anishapja (https://www.linkedin.com/in/anishapja) Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/anishapfb (https://www.facebook.com/anishapfb) Clubhouse: https://clubhousedb.com/user/anishapja (https://clubhousedb.com/user/anishapja)
Appearing in this episode:Michelle Abendroth: https://rothmedia.audio (https://rothmedia.audio) | https://twitter.com/rothmedia_audio (@rothmedia_audio) Carrie Caulfield-Arick: https://yayapodcasting.com (https://yayapodcasting.com) | https://www.instagram.com/carriearick/ (@carriearick) Bryan Entzminger: https://toptieraudio.com (https://toptieraudio.com) | https://twitter.com/@toptieraudio (@toptieraudio)
Mentioned in this episode: Support Our Ukrainian PodCommunity Fighting for Ukraine Yuriy Matsarsky is a Ukrainian journalist turned civilian fighter against the Russian invasion of the democratic country of Ukraine. In this podcast, he brings daily updates from the front lines of the Ukrainian resistance. Listen in your favorite app: pod.link/1613573570
Please consider donating to Yuriy's Go Fund Me campaign, which helps him support his now refugee family. It'll help Yuriy rest a little easier during this waking nightmare. Every $5 makes a true difference: https://gofund.me/6bef49ba https://podcast-editors-mastermind.captivate.fm/ffu (Fighting for Ukraine)
The riches are in the niches, right? But how do you even begin to find out what your niche is? How do you figure out what they need? And then how do you sign them up as clients? We'll be talking with Mary Chan of Organized Sound Productions and Andrea Klunder of Creative Imposter Studios-- both with very different niches-- about discovering who you how to find and serve your niche. Mary Chan: https://www.organizedsound.ca/ (https://www.organizedsound.ca/) PODCAST STRATEGY, EDITING & COACHING Your voice is your number one instrument. Whether you are marketing, selling, or speaking through podcasting or video platforms, making an emotional connection with your audience is done through the authenticity of your voice. Amplify your voice to have listeners fall in love with you. My goal is to empower women and women-led organizations to make an impact with their vision, message, and stories through the power of their natural voice by podcasting. The world needs diverse voices and I’m so glad you are a part of this audio adventure. Andrea Klunder:https://www.thecreativeimposter.com/ (https://www.thecreativeimposter.com/) The Creative Impostor Studios is a boutique agency that offers: Show development & strategy Podcast launch consulting & production Premium podcast production & editing Talks, trainings, and interactive sessions online and in person
We work with mission-driven individuals and organizations who want use audio to break the status quote and influence a positive net impact in their niche. Our specialty is crafting character-driven shows of significance that truly express the culture of your brand. We want to help you craft a podcast experience you and your audience will love. Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/beaguest (Fill out this form to let us know you're interested), and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit. Your Yetis AreDaniel Abendroth | https://rothmedia.audio/ (Roth Media) Jennifer Longworth | https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com/ (Bourbon Barrel Podcasting) Carrie Caulfield Arick | https://yayapodcasting.com/ (YaYa Podcasting) Bryan Entzminger | https://toptieraudio.com/ (Top Tier Audio)
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts. Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work! Follow or subscribe and take the Podcast Editors Mastermind with you today! https://followthepodcast.com/pem (Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind) https://lovethepodcast.com/pem (Share your love for the Podcast Editors Mastermind)
Mentioned in this episode: Support Our Ukrainian PodCommunity Fighting for Ukraine Yuriy Matsarsky is a Ukrainian journalist turned civilian fighter against the Russian invasion of the democratic country of Ukraine. In this podcast, he brings daily updates from the front lines of the Ukrainian resistance. Listen in your favorite app: pod.link/1613573570
Please consider donating to Yuriy's Go Fund Me campaign, which helps him support his now refugee family. It'll help Yuriy rest a little easier during this waking nightmare. Every $5 makes a true difference: https://gofund.me/6bef49ba https://podcast-editors-mastermind.captivate.fm/ffu (Fighting for Ukraine)
Going full-time as a podcast editor is the dream, right? Working at the side-hustle until you reach the point that you can make it your full-time job. But what does that look like? How do you actually make that leap? We're talking with Stevie Manns about this very topic. They are a podcast editor making that transition and leaving the corporate struggle behind. Links & Resourceshttps://instagram.com/steviekentproductions (@steviekentproductions) on Instagram https://www.steviekent.nyc (https://www.steviekent.nyc) Book: https://amazon.com/dp/1785043358 (Untamed) https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/3 (https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/3)
About Stevie MannsStevie started off in radio as a presenter more than a decade ago hosting a weekend breakfast show. They are also a musician and has spent years in the studio learning under some of the industry’s top producers. As a podcast producer and coach, Stevie works with entrepreneurs and small businesses, helping them create content that inspires and empowers. Stevie says “Nothing makes me happier than helping someone achieve their goals and help bring their message to the masses!” Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/beaguest (Fill out this form to let us know you're interested), and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit. Your Yetis AreDaniel Abendroth | https://rothmedia.audio (Roth Media) Jennifer Longworth | https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com (Bourbon Barrel Podcasting) Carrie Caulfield Arick | https://yayapodcasting.com (YaYa Podcasting) Bryan Entzminger | https://toptieraudio.com (Top Tier Audio)
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts. Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work! Follow or subscribe and take the Podcast Editors Mastermind with you today! https://followthepodcast.com/pem (Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind) https://lovethepodcast.com/pem (Share your love for the Podcast Editors Mastermind)
Mentioned in this episode: Support Our Ukrainian PodCommunity Fighting for Ukraine Yuriy Matsarsky is a Ukrainian journalist turned civilian fighter against the Russian invasion of the democratic country of Ukraine. In this podcast, he brings daily updates from the front lines of the Ukrainian resistance. Listen in your favorite app: pod.link/1613573570
Please consider donating to Yuriy's Go Fund Me campaign, which helps him support his now refugee family. It'll help Yuriy rest a little easier during this waking nightmare. Every $5 makes a true difference: https://gofund.me/6bef49ba https://podcast-editors-mastermind.captivate.fm/ffu (Fighting for Ukraine)
With podcasting growing and changing faster than ever, how do we as editors keep up with our workload and the lasted technology and trends?
Check out the livestream of this episode: https://www.facebook.com/podcasteditorsmastermind/videos/4541333469252491 (https://www.facebook.com/podcasteditorsmastermind/videos/4541333469252491) Our guest today was Heather Wester.
https://www.ironedoutmedia.com/ (https://www.ironedoutmedia.com/)
https://www.instagram.com/ironedoutmedia/ (https://www.instagram.com/ironedoutmedia/)
Special thanks to Bojana Lalic for editing this episode!
https://www.instagram.com/tulip.podcast.manager/ (Instagram)
https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=100072579697964 (Facebook)
https://www.linkedin.com/in/bojana-lalic-46932121a/ (LinkedIn)
https://linktr.ee/TulipLala (Linktr.ee)
Appearing in this episode
Daniel Abendroth: https://rothmedia.audio/ (https://rothmedia.audio) | https://twitter.com/rothmedia_audio (@rothmedia_audio)
Jennifer Longworth: https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com/ (https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com) https://twitter.com/KYPodcasting (| @KYPodcasting)
Carrie Caulfield-Arick: https://yayapodcasting.com/ (https://yayapodcasting.com) | https://www.instagram.com/carriearick/ (@carriearick)
Bryan Entzminger: https://toptieraudio.com/ (https://toptieraudio.com) | https://twitter.com/@toptieraudio (@toptieraudio)
Mentioned in this episode: Support Our Ukrainian PodCommunity Fighting for Ukraine Yuriy Matsarsky is a Ukrainian journalist turned civilian fighter against the Russian invasion of the democratic country of Ukraine. In this podcast, he brings daily updates from the front lines of the Ukrainian resistance. Listen in your favorite app: pod.link/1613573570
Please consider donating to Yuriy's Go Fund Me campaign, which helps him support his now refugee family. It'll help Yuriy rest a little easier during this waking nightmare. Every $5 makes a true difference: https://gofund.me/6bef49ba https://podcast-editors-mastermind.captivate.fm/ffu (Fighting for Ukraine)
What we've learned from this show over the past year is that professional editing is more than removing filler words. But what does that mean exactly in the ever-evolving landscape of our field? How does it expand our roles and increase our earnings while increasing client satisfaction (and their show's performance). Marion Abrams, of MadMotion, brings decades of experience in editing films and podcasts to help us tackle these questions. Links mentionedhttps://www.madmotion.com/groundedpodcast.html (https://www.madmotion.com) https://www.madmotion.com/groundedpodcast.html (https://www.madmotion.com/groundedpodcast.html) https://otter.ai (https://otter.ai) https://jarvis.ai (https://jarvis.ai) https://podcastfellows.org/ (https://podcastfellows.org/)
Appearing in this episodeDaniel Abendroth: https://rothmedia.audio (https://rothmedia.audio) | https://twitter.com/rothmedia_audio (@rothmedia_audio) Jennifer Longworth: https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com/ (https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com) https://twitter.com/KYPodcasting (| @KYPodcasting) Carrie Caulfield-Arick: https://yayapodcasting.com (https://yayapodcasting.com) | https://www.instagram.com/carriearick/ (@carriearick) Bryan Entzminger: https://toptieraudio.com (https://toptieraudio.com) | https://twitter.com/@toptieraudio (@toptieraudio)
Mentioned in this episode: Support Our Ukrainian PodCommunity Fighting for Ukraine Yuriy Matsarsky is a Ukrainian journalist turned civilian fighter against the Russian invasion of the democratic country of Ukraine. In this podcast, he brings daily updates from the front lines of the Ukrainian resistance. Listen in your favorite app: pod.link/1613573570
Please consider donating to Yuriy's Go Fund Me campaign, which helps him support his now refugee family. It'll help Yuriy rest a little easier during this waking nightmare. Every $5 makes a true difference: https://gofund.me/6bef49ba https://podcast-editors-mastermind.captivate.fm/ffu (Fighting for Ukraine)
In-person conferences can be expensive. In addition to the ticket, there's also travel, hotels, and food. For freelance podcast editors, that can be a pretty big expense. And now, with more concern about travel, we have to ask ourselves if it's worth it. Of course, we can't answer that for you, but we did talk with Steve Stewart and Mark Deal of the Podcast Editors Club and Podcast Editor Academy about why it's worth it for them...and a few things we'd like to see tweaked. Listen to DiscoverThe value we see in in-person conferences. Some hacks for getting out of our own way. Why the second conference is often better than the first. The value of volunteering. Some things we'd like to see tweaked. What we'd like to share with Jared and Dan of Podcast Movement.
Links & Resourceshttps://podcasteditoracademy.com (Podcast Editor Academy) https://podcastmovement.com (Podcast Movement) https://podfest.com (Podfest) https://hubspot.com/podcastnetwork (Hubspot Podcast Network)
Guest EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Bryan Entzminger of https://toptieraudio.com (Top Tier Audio). Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/beaguest (Fill out this form to let us know you're interested), and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit. Your Yetis AreDaniel Abendroth | https://rothmedia.audio (Roth Media) Jennifer Longworth | https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com (Bourbon Barrel Podcasting) Carrie Caulfield Arick | https://yayapodcasting.com (YaYa Podcasting) Bryan Entzminger | https://toptieraudio.com (Top Tier Audio)
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts. Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work! Follow or subscribe and take the Podcast Editors Mastermind with you today! https://followthepodcast.com/pem (Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind) https://lovethepodcast.com/pem (Share your love for the Podcast Editors Mastermind)
Mentioned in this episode: Support Our Ukrainian PodCommunity Fighting for Ukraine Yuriy Matsarsky is a Ukrainian journalist turned civilian fighter against the Russian invasion of the democratic country of Ukraine. In this podcast, he brings daily updates from the front lines of the Ukrainian resistance. Listen in your favorite app: pod.link/1613573570
Please consider donating to Yuriy's Go Fund Me campaign, which helps him support his now refugee family. It'll help Yuriy rest a little easier during this waking nightmare. Every $5 makes a true difference: https://gofund.me/6bef49ba https://podcast-editors-mastermind.captivate.fm/ffu (Fighting for Ukraine)
How we position our podcast production businesses is important. It's more than just stating a market or niche. It also involves how we put together an offer that's exactly right for our ideal clients. Some of us ONLY offer editing, which is totally fine. But one way that we can differentiate ourselves is by offering bundles of services that fit our clients' needs like a glove. Virginia Elder joins us to share her path into podcast editing, how she's begun to add complementary services to her offerings, and some of the ways she's grown her business. Follow along as she shares the importance of finding out what skills & services are needed in order to provide people with solutions they're looking for! Listen to DiscoverThe value of online courses. How Virginia found her first clients and grew her business. Some of the services she bundles together.
If you are looking for ways to grow and differentiate your podcast production business, click that Play button today! Links & Resourceshttps://podcastabundance.com/ (Podcast Abundance (Virginia's business)) https://finconexpo.com/fincon2021 (Fincon (conference)) https://2021.podcastmovement.com (Podcast Movement (conference)) https://canva.com (Canva (tool)) https://keywordseverywhere.com/ (Keywords Everywhere (tool)) https://grammarly.com (Grammarly (tool)) https://earnmorewriting.com/ (Earn More Writing (course)) https://yayapodasting.com/courses (YaYa Podcasting (Carrie's courses)) https://doyouevenblog.com/ (Pete McPherson (Do You Even Blog)) https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/30 (Episod3 30 of the Podcast Editors Mastermind, with How to Find, Hire, and Manage a Subcontractor) https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/33 (Episode 33 of the Podcast Editors Mastermind, with Warren MacGregor sharing about customer service)
About Virginia ElderVirginia Elder is a podcast editor with over 15 years of experience in project management, client services, and strategic organization. You can find her at https://podcastabundance.com/ (Podcast Abundance). Guest EditorThis episode was edited by https://calendly.com/digitalservicesbydyanjoy (Dyan Joy Navarro). Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/beaguest (Fill out this form to let us know you're interested), and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit. Your Yetis AreDaniel Abendroth | https://rothmedia.audio (Roth Media) Jennifer Longworth | https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com (Bourbon Barrel Podcasting) Carrie Caulfield Arick | https://yayapodcasting.com (YaYa Podcasting) Bryan Entzminger | https://toptieraudio.com (Top Tier Audio)
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts. Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work! Follow or subscribe and take the Podcast Editors Mastermind with you today! https://followthepodcast.com/pem (Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind) https://lovethepodcast.com/pem (Share your love for the Podcast Editors Mastermind)
Mentioned in this episode: Support Our Ukrainian PodCommunity Fighting for Ukraine Yuriy Matsarsky is a Ukrainian journalist turned civilian fighter against the Russian invasion of the democratic country of Ukraine. In this podcast, he brings daily updates from the front lines of the Ukrainian resistance. Listen in your favorite app: pod.link/1613573570
Please consider donating to Yuriy's Go Fund Me campaign, which helps him support his now refugee family. It'll help Yuriy rest a little easier during this waking...
If podcast editing is your business, you may find yourself struggling with how to charge for your services. There are a lot of different considerations that go into pricing podcast editing packages, such as the production style and scope of the project, your skill level in podcast editing, what you offer as additional services like transcription or copywriting...the list goes on and on! In this podcast episode Alexandra Stenett joins your faithful Yetis to explore those various factors (and address some of the stories we tell ourselves) so that you can charge what you're worth as a podcast editor. Listen to DiscoverHow production scope and style play into pricing. Whether where YOU live should influence your rates. Why there's room for both a Mercedes and Kia plan within the podcasting ecosphere. Understanding that it's OK that there can be a price point for everyone, even if YOUR price point isn't for everyone - and why that's a good thing for you, your clients, and even the clients who want or need a different value proposition. Whether or not your pricing should be aligned with your peers. Whether pricing that feels arbitrary can still be appropriate. How your pricing should reflect the intersection of your needs and how much value YOUR clients put on YOUR work. When it's time to consider changing your rates - and how to approach that. How to determine whether your rates are too low for YOU. Why it's OK to write contracts that have an end date. The idea of the simple language contract.
Links & Resourceshttps://listenerstoclients.com/ (https://listenerstoclients.com/) https://www.podchaser.com/creators/alexandra-stennett-107aNCi3PS (Alexandra on Podchaser) https://instagram.com/alex.stennett (Alexandra on Instagram) https://twitter.com/meuceph/status/1412224182687911940 (The Twitter thread we were talking about) https://eventbrite.com/e/qa-with-misha-euceph-about-podcast-budgets-and-rates-tickets-162455299173 (Misha's event about podcasting budgets and rates)
About Alexandra StenettAlexandra Stennett is the co-founder of https://ListenersToClients.com (ListenersToClients.com) and a podcast editor. With her background as a chartered accountant and director of operations for a media company, she helps podcast editors to become confident business owners. After creating one of the first podcasts in the Caribbean, she and her husband Paul saw the massive positive impact it had on the community and founded their podcast production company to help others achieve the same. You can find her in Jamaica singing off-key Sesame Street songs with her daughter and watching every single thing on Netflix with Paul. Guest EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Brandon Whitworth of https://epicpodcastediting.com/ (Epic Podcast Editing). Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/beaguest (Fill out this form to let us know you're interested), and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit. Your Yetis AreDaniel Abendroth | https://rothmedia.audio (Roth Media) Jennifer Longworth | https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com (Bourbon Barrel Podcasting) Carrie Caulfield Arick | https://yayapodcasting.com (YaYa Podcasting) Bryan Entzminger | https://toptieraudio.com (Top Tier Audio)
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts. Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work! Follow or subscribe and take the Podcast Editors Mastermind with you today!...
One of the most important things you can do as a podcast editor is to provide your clients with great customer service. But how do you do that? After all, delivering a great edit on time and ready to go is pretty much table stakes. It's the cost of admission. It's what we all do as professional editors. But if you REALLY want to stand out in the minds of your clients. If you want them to GUSH about how great you are. If you want them to care and to refer other people to you, there's something deeper that will deliver the kind of service that will "wow" your clients time and again, and have them talking about how great you are every time they can. Want to find out more? Listen to DiscoverThe unexpected power of four key questions. How to find out what your clients REALLY want. The value of taking initiative and focusing on the client experience. What to do when something doesn't go perfectly. How to quickly recover from a poor experience. Key ways to realize when an issue is actually the client's problem, rather than yours. Ways to encourage clients to improve that will lift their spirits at the same time. How to break up with a client who isn't a great fit.
Let's face it. We spend a LOT of time working on our clients' shows, but almost all of us do it alone, away from them. But if we find those ways to let them know we're always there, taking care of them, we can create an experience that has them constantly thinking about how good we are and how much we appreciate them. Links & Resourceshttps://www.linkedin.com/in/warrenmacgregor/ (https://www.linkedin.com/in/warrenmacgregor/) warren@warrenmacgregor.com
About Warren MacGregorWarren is a 13-year veteran of being on the front lines of Customer Service work from restaurants to hospitals, from pharmacies to the hotel Front Desk. He's managed others with Marriott International, Inc. as a Banquet Captain/Event Supervisor. His first job as a junior in high school was teaching swimming lessons at the local YMCA where he discovered a knack for teaching. Blending a teacher's mindset and a passion for connecting with and serving others has brought Warren recognition and awards in the field of Customer Service. Guest EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Leslie Martin of https://greatland.media/ (Greatland Media). Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/beaguest (Fill out this form to let us know you're interested), and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit. Your Yetis AreDaniel Abendroth | https://rothmedia.audio (Roth Media) Jennifer Longworth | https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com (Bourbon Barrel Podcasting) Carrie Caulfield Arick | https://yayapodcasting.com (YaYa Podcasting) Bryan Entzminger | https://toptieraudio.com (Top Tier Audio)
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts. Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work! Follow or subscribe and take the Podcast Editors Mastermind with you today! https://followthepodcast.com/pem (Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind) https://lovethepodcast.com/pem (Share your love for the Podcast Editors Mastermind)
Mentioned in this episode: Support Our Ukrainian PodCommunity Fighting for Ukraine Yuriy Matsarsky is a Ukrainian journalist turned civilian fighter against the Russian invasion of the democratic country of Ukraine. In this podcast, he brings daily updates from the front lines of the Ukrainian resistance. Listen
When Imposter Syndrome cripples your productivity how do you overcome it? You can’t hide your way out of it. Sharing our current and personal stories of insecurity around growth, skills and work makes this an important mastermind session for every podcast editor. It’s a raw, uncomfortable and honest conversation demonstrating how trusted advisors are truly an invaluable resource. Listen to Discover
What Yetis will be in Nashville for Podcast Movement
Our recent wins (and why you, too, should always find something to celebrate)
Why Carrie is having a major bout of Imposter Syndrome
The challenge of navigating working for a new company in a new role
How control issues fight with collaboration
How fear shows up every time you add a new package or service to your business
How expectations provide security
It’s always worse in your head!
The discomfort of growth
Should you be worried if you DON’T feel Imposter Syndrome?
What happens in the absence of feedback
Reframing the negative thoughts with positive ones-- do YOU do this? We want to know.
What do you do when you make a mistake?
Is your identity what you do?
https://poddecks.com/ (Pod Decks) Question: What weird food combinations do you really enjoy?
Carrie's update
Links & Resources https://2021.podcastmovement.com/ (Podcast Movement 2021)
https://podcastfellows.org/ (Stony Brook Audio Podcast Fellowship)
https://www.facebook.com/groups/podcasteditors (Podcast Editors Club)
https://www.facebook.com/groups/300121770709950 (Reaper for Podcasting) Guest Editor This episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Sandra Paul. If you're looking for an editor and like what you hear, email Sandra at sandralynnco@gmail.com Be a Guest If you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/beaguest (Fill out this form to let us know you're interested), and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit.
Your Yetis Are Daniel Abendroth: https://rothmedia.audio (https://rothmedia.audio) | https://twitter.com/rothmedia_audio (@rothmedia_audio)
Carrie Caulfield-Arick: https://yayapodcasting.com (https://yayapodcasting.com) | https://www.instagram.com/carriearick/ (@carriearick)
Bryan Entzminger: https://toptieraudio.com (https://toptieraudio.com) | https://twitter.com/@toptieraudio (@toptieraudio)
On hiatus… Jennifer Longworth: https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com/ (https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com) https://twitter.com/KYPodcasting (| @KYPodcasting)
Carrie's Update... The project that sparked this episode is nearing completion, so here's the outcome of this conversation. I found that after the recording, the imposter syndrome faded away... not immediately, but over the course of a week, I was back to my normal-ish self. Sharing was worth the discomfort!
Also, thank you to everyone who messaged me to share their own stories and give support. Ya'll are THE BEST!!! About the Podcast Editors Mastermind The Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts.
Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work!
Follow or subscribe and take the Podcast Editors Mastermind with you today!
https://followthepodcast.com/pem (Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind)
https://lovethepodcast.com/pem (Share your love for the Podcast Editors Mastermind)
Mentioned in this episode: Support Our Ukrainian PodCommunity Fighting for Ukraine Yuriy Matsarsky is a Ukrainian journalist turned...
Running a podcast production business can be hard. We know it can be hard to balance all the things that need to get done in order for your podcast production business to grow and thrive. But we also know how important it is not let those things take over your life, so you don't end up looking back years later and realizing everything was out of balance, that you’re unhealthy, and that your kids and cats hate you. That's why we're here to share our tips on keeping your podcast production business balanced without letting it take over! You'll learn about ways you can keep yourself sane while still running a successful company. Listen now as we share our tips for keeping your podcast production business balanced without letting it take over. You'll learn about ways you can keep yourself focused on what matters most, like family time or exercise, while still making sure there are enough hours in the day for work. Listen to DiscoverWhat we might be missing when it looks like other people are just crushing it in their businesses. What we need to remind ourselves of when we start comparing ourselves to others. How being a business owner instead of an employee can make this comparison game and the never-ending race to the undefined finish even worse. What we need to define as business owners so that we can begin to set boundaries that are healthy. How each of the Yetis struggle with boundaries and healthy use of their time in different ways. What we should look for instead of balance (hat tip tohttps://podcastingforcoaches.com/ ( Britany Felix)). Some of the things we juggle besides podcast production work and family. The value of estimating how much time will be needed to complete something (even if it’s wrong). How regular check-ins with a business partner or trusted friend can make a difference. How sometimes bringing someone in to accomplish a single short-term goal can make all the difference in freeing up time both now and later. Some hacks to help get as much done as quickly as possible when you’re at your best (and how to protect client deadlines using margin). Planning for surge capacity. Using a “probability to break” thought exercise to identify what to work on first.
Links & ResourcesThe conversation that sparked this one: https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/episodes/pem0029-imposter-syndrome/ (Are You REALLY Good Enough to Be a Podcast Editor?) https://podcastingforcoaches.com (Podcasting for Coaches)
Guest EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Jude Harrington. If you're looking for an editor and like what you hear, connect with Jude at https://www.mcuneedtoknow.com/ (https://www.mcuneedtoknow.com/) Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/beaguest (Fill out this form to let us know you're interested), and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit. Your Yetis AreDaniel Abendroth | https://rothmedia.audio (Roth Media) Jennifer Longworth | https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com (Bourbon Barrel Podcasting) Carrie Caulfield Arick | https://yayapodcasting.com (YaYa Podcasting) Bryan Entzminger | https://toptieraudio.com (Top Tier Audio)
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts. Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work! Follow or subscribe and take the Podcast Editors Mastermind with you today! https://followthepodcast.com/pem (Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind) https://lovethepodcast.com/pem (Share your love for...
If you’re a podcast editor and have ever thought about hiring a subcontractor for your podcast editing business, this episode is for you. Podcasting Editing is a booming industry and the demand for skilled editors has never been higher. But with that comes the challenge of finding, vetting, training and managing contractors to work on your projects. After all, you don’t want to be the single point of failure in your business. You want to be able to take time off and to know that the work can still get done if you get sick. We want to help make it easier by giving you some guidelines and tips from our experience on how to find, vet, train and manage subcontractors in order to grow your podcast editing business without having all the pressure fall on just one person (you). Listen TODAY to DiscoverWhere to find contractors. Vetting, training, and learning to trust your team members. Ways to choose what work you give them. Finances and different approaches to appropriate compensation. How a doctor’s office operates differently from how many podcast editors approach their businesses. Why you may (or may NOT) want to make a virtual assistant your first hire our outsourcing decision. The challenge to overcoming perfection and a bias towards control. Why you might want to consider short-term arrangements rather than an ongoing agreement. Different approaches to distributing up the workload. Things to consider when creating an application or a Request for Quote (RFQ) document. Things to look for in team members beyond just skill. What it will take to get Carrie to learn your favorite Digital Audio Workstation (DAW). Contracts and payment methods. Things to consider in order to protect yourself from subcontractors stealing your business. The answer to “Who would you most like to sit next to on a ten-hour flight?”
Links & ResourcesFind ways that podcast editors can take more money home https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/episodes/pem028-carol-lynn-rivera-profit-first/ (by managing their finances differently). https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/editorapplication (Daniel's sample Podcast Editor Application) https://reaperforpodcasting.com/group (Reaper for Podcasting Group) https://podcasteditoracademy.com (Podcast Editor Academy) https://facebook.com/groups/podcasteditors (Podcast Editors Club)
Guest EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Gabriel Simão, who you can find at https://gabrielsimao.com/ (https://gabrielsimao.com/). Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/beaguest (Fill out this form to let us know you're interested), and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit. Your Yetis AreDaniel Abendroth | https://rothmedia.audio (Roth Media) Jennifer Longworth | https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com (Bourbon Barrel Podcasting) Carrie Caulfield Arick | https://yayapodcasting.com (YaYa Podcasting) Bryan Entzminger | https://toptieraudio.com (Top Tier Audio)
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts. Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work! Follow or subscribe and take the Podcast Editors Mastermind with you today! https://followthepodcast.com/pem (Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind) https://lovethepodcast.com/pem (Share your love for the Podcast Editors Mastermind)
Mentioned in this episode: Support Our Ukrainian PodCommunity Fighting for Ukraine Yuriy Matsarsky is a Ukrainian journalist turned civilian fighter against the...
Have you ever found yourself negotiating your rate down before you even talk to a client? Or holding on to a proposal without sending it? Or maybe over-editing again and again because you don't think you're good enough? That has a name: imposter syndrome. We see this coming up pretty regularly in Facebook groups, and we've even talked about it before on the show - like https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/episodes/pem0012-heather-wester-impostor-syndrome/ (when we talked with Heather Wester). The reality is, we likely all struggle with that kind of fear from time-to-time. Like before breakfast, and then again after breakfast. And your Yetis are no different. We have struggles, too. We realize that, from the outside looking in, it might look like we have it all together. But, in truth, we deal with this kind of thing every day. Fear of sending a proposal. Wondering what a client will think after we present pricing. Wondering if we're charging too much. Wondering if we're good enough as an editor (or as a person). Thinking that we're the only ones who struggle.
And that's why we are sharing this - so that YOU can know that you're not alone. That we all struggle with this (at least those of us who care about the work we do). And so that, just maybe, you can pick up some tools that help us get through this every day. Links & Resourceshttps://discord.com/invite/4brj6m2RN7 (Podcast Editors Cafe (Discord)) https://facebook.com/groups/podcasteditorsmastermind (Podcast Editors Mastermind) https://www.podcasteditoracademy.com/ (Podcast Editor Academy) https://www.facebook.com/groups/podcasteditors/ (Podcast Editors Club)
EditorThis episode was edited by Bryan Entzminger of https://toptieraudio.com/ (Top Tier Audio). If you like what you hear and you're looking for a professional podcast editor, https://toptieraudio.com/contact/ (feel free to reach out to him). Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/beaguest (Fill out this form to let us know you're interested), and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit. Your Yetis AreDaniel Abendroth | https://rothmedia.audio (Roth Media) Jennifer Longworth | https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com (Bourbon Barrel Podcasting) Carrie Caulfield Arick | https://yayapodcasting.com (YaYa Podcasting) Bryan Entzminger | https://toptieraudio.com (Top Tier Audio)
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts. Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work! Follow or subscribe and take the Podcast Editors Mastermind with you today! https://followthepodcast.com/pem (Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind) https://lovethepodcast.com/pem (Share your love for the Podcast Editors Mastermind)
Mentioned in this episode: Support Our Ukrainian PodCommunity Fighting for Ukraine Yuriy Matsarsky is a Ukrainian journalist turned civilian fighter against the Russian invasion of the democratic country of Ukraine. In this podcast, he brings daily updates from the front lines of the Ukrainian resistance. Listen in your favorite app: pod.link/1613573570
Please consider donating to Yuriy's Go Fund Me campaign, which helps him support his now refugee family. It'll help Yuriy rest a little easier during this waking nightmare. Every $5 makes a true difference: https://gofund.me/6bef49ba https://podcast-editors-mastermind.captivate.fm/ffu (Fighting for Ukraine)
Podcast editors, have you ever worked your tail off only to realize that you're not actually bringing home the money you expected? Or maybe bringing home nothing at all? It's sooo easy to see that happening. We know, because it sometimes happens to us, too. That's why, as Carol Lynn Rivera shares, it's important to flip the script and implement a framework that is built around the way you naturally want to manage your money and makes it easy to pay yourself first. Listen to DiscoverThe secret to paying yourself first and knowing that you have money set aside for taxes. How traditional accounting makes it easy to pay yourself last. Or not at all. What makes the Profit First methodology different from traditional accounting. The psychology behind why managing your money with five accounts is actually simpler than keeping it all in one place. What to do when Waves, iZotope, Fabfilter, and Plugin Alliance are offering great sales on plugins but you don't have the money in your expense account.
Whether you're brand new at running a podcast production business or you've been doing it for years, if you're not satisfied with how your business is paying you, this episode is for you. Links & Resourceshttps://www.podcasterstoolbox.com/ (Podcasters Toolbox) http://amazon.com/dp/B06X15WW79 (Profit First) (Amazon, not an affiliate link) Wondering how much podcast editors make? https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/episodes/how-much-money-do-podcast-editors-make-pem020/ (Check out episode 20 with Steve Stewart and Mark Deal) of the https://podcasteditoracademy..com (Podcast Editor Academy). Not sure how to craft a business model for your podcast service business? Check out https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/episodes/crafting-a-business-model-that-actually-works-with-mark-deal-pem016/ (episode 16 with Mark Deal).
About Carol Lynn RiveraCarol Lynn Rivera is the CEO of Podcasters Toolbox. What you may not know is that Carol Lynn and her husband (The Ralph M. Rivera) have founded several companies, and they run them using the Profit First methodology to ensure that, while they serve their customers at a high level, they also take home MONEY so that they can live, support their family, and keep doing what they love doing. Guest EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Carrie Caulfield Arick of https://yayapodcasting.com (YaYa Podcasting). Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/beaguest (Fill out this form to let us know you're interested), and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit. Your Yetis AreDaniel Abendroth | https://rothmedia.audio (Roth Media) Jennifer Longworth | https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com (Bourbon Barrel Podcasting) Carrie Caulfield Arick | https://yayapodcasting.com (YaYa Podcasting) Bryan Entzminger | https://toptieraudio.com (Top Tier Audio)
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts. Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work! Follow or subscribe and take the Podcast Editors Mastermind with you today! https://followthepodcast.com/pem (Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind) https://lovethepodcast.com/pem (Share your love for the Podcast Editors Mastermind)
Mentioned in this episode: Support Our Ukrainian PodCommunity Fighting for Ukraine Yuriy Matsarsky is a Ukrainian journalist turned civilian fighter against the Russian invasion of the democratic country of Ukraine. In this podcast, he brings daily updates from the...
Are you a podcast editor wondering about how to differentiate yourself? Or maybe how to serve your clients more deeply so that you can earn more while working on fewer shows? If that's the case, podcast management may be for you. Listen as Lauren Wrighton - the host of the https://laurenwrighton.com/podcast/ (Podcast Manager Show) shares what it takes to be a great podcast manager and how it can benefit both us and our clients. Listen to DiscoverWhat a podcast manager does (or could do). Some characteristics that can position you as a great podcast manager. What to do when you want to take on areas where you aren't able to deliver the work yourself. How to grow into a podcast manager role. The value of open and candid customer conversations. Ideas for how to transition clients from editing to podcast management.
Links & Resourceshttps://laurenwrighton.com/podcast/ (Podcast Manager Show) https://laurenwrighton.com/become-a-podcast-manager/ (Free Podcast Manager Masterclass) If you enjoyed this, you may want to https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/6 (check out episode 6 with Dave Visaya), where we talked about some other ways that podcast editors could expand on what they deliver to their clients. If you're looking for ways to find your first client, you might benefit from episode 3, where https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/3 (Jennifer, Daniel, Carrie and Bryan shared the stories of their first clients).
About Lauren WrightonLauren Wrighton is a podcast strategist and producer who helps female business coaches launch and grow a podcast that makes an impact on their audience and their business. She also uses her expertise in podcast production to teach freelancers how to become podcast managers and develop their own clientele. Guest EditorThis episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind was edited by Daniel Abendroth of https://rothmedia.audio (Roth Media). Be a GuestIf you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/beaguest (Fill out this form to let us know you're interested), and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit. Your Yetis AreDaniel Abendroth | https://rothmedia.audio (Roth Media) Jennifer Longworth | https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com (Bourbon Barrel Podcasting) Carrie Caulfield Arick | https://yayapodcasting.com (YaYa Podcasting) Bryan Entzminger | https://toptieraudio.com (Top Tier Audio)
About the Podcast Editors MastermindThe Podcast Editors Mastermind is for professional podcast editors who want to grow their business and get more clients. We’re creating a community of like-minded professionals that are passionate about the art and science of editing podcasts. Our goal is to help you build your business by providing tools, resources, and support so you can focus on what matters most—your craft. This isn’t just another group where everyone talks about how great they are at podcast editing; we show our work! Follow or subscribe and take the Podcast Editors Mastermind with you today! https://followthepodcast.com/pem (Follow the Podcast Editors Mastermind) https://lovethepodcast.com/pem (Share your love for the Podcast Editors Mastermind)
Mentioned in this episode: Support Our Ukrainian PodCommunity Fighting for Ukraine Yuriy Matsarsky is a Ukrainian journalist turned civilian fighter against the Russian invasion of the democratic country of Ukraine. In this podcast, he brings daily updates from the front lines of the Ukrainian resistance. Listen in your favorite app: pod.link/1613573570
Please consider donating to Yuriy's Go Fund Me campaign, which helps him support his now refugee family. It'll help Yuriy rest a little easier during this waking nightmare. Every $5 makes a true difference: https://gofund.me/6bef49ba https://podcast-editors-mastermind.captivate.fm/ffu (Fighting for Ukraine)
As podcasters, we sometimes joke about people trying to game the system - the "podcast promoter" constantly messaging on LinkedIn, the host buying guest spots on other shows, and more. But the fact is, it's no laughing matter. Not because people are gaming the system. But because when things go wrong, it could be our clients who take the hit. Their shows could be removed from directories. Their reputations could be tarnished or ruined. They might just want to give up. We don't want that. We want our clients to succeed. We want to see their shows grow organically, and it can be done. But if they don't know what to look out for, they could fall victim to someone else's black hat without even knowing it. Thankfully, https://greatland.media (Leslie Martin) joined us to share his experiences with the dark side of marketing so that we can know EXACTLY how some of these scams work. You'll discover: How Leslie unintentionally got involved with a black hat marketer. How the entire system was set up to generate consistent cash flow and keep customers from leaving. How the scammer managed to get control of websites so that his customers COULDN"T leave. Some of the red flags to look for (hint: one of them is SECRET KNOWLEDGE that NOBODY else knows.) The story of three authors, a voice modulator, and more.
Leslie shared some incredible knowledge and insight with us and you won't want to miss this. About Our GuestLeslie Martin is a podcast engineer at https://greatland.media/ (GreatLand Media) and a graduate of Podcast Engineering School. He lives in Anchorage, Alaska and has long had an interest in audio, ranging from old-time radio style audio theater programs, to audiobooks, to music. Leslie was also the https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/24 (editor of episode 24, with Chris Trew). Guest EditorThis episode was edited by Bryan Entzminger of https://toptieraudio.com/ (Top Tier Audio). He was also on this show, so if he doesn't sound smart, it's his own fault. And he wrote this, so there... Interested in being a guest on the show?If you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/be-a-guest/ (Fill out this form) to let us know you're interested, and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit. Resources:If you found this valuable and want some ideas for how to help your clients market effectively without having to go to some black hat promoter, check out some of our previous episodes: https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/captivate-podcast/planting-seeds-for-your-business-marketing-challenge-results-pem-023/ (Planting Seeds for Your Business: Marketing Challenge Results — PEM0023) https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/episodes/igniting-success-through-effective-email-newsletters-with-tammey-grable-woodford-pem017/ (Igniting Success Through Effective Email Newsletters with Tammey Grable-Woodford —PEM017) https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/captivate-podcast/make-yourself-indispensable-offer-podcast-marketing-with-coach-chris-hines-pem014/ (Make Yourself Indispensable: Offer Podcast Marketing with Coach Chris Hines — PEM014)
Your Yetis Are:Daniel Abendroth: https://rothmedia.audio (https://rothmedia.audio) | https://twitter.com/rothmedia_audio (@rothmedia_audio) Jennifer Longworth: https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com/ (https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com) https://twitter.com/KYPodcasting (| @KYPodcasting) Carrie Caulfield-Arick: https://yayapodcasting.com (https://yayapodcasting.com) | https://twitter.com/thekeldakitty (@thekeldakitty) Bryan Entzminger: https://toptieraudio.com (https://toptieraudio.com) | https://twitter.com/@toptieraudio (@toptieraudio)
Mentioned in this episode: Support Our Ukrainian PodCommunity Fighting for Ukraine Yuriy Matsarsky is a Ukrainian journalist turned civilian fighter against the Russian invasion of the democratic country of Ukraine. In this podcast, he brings daily updates from the front lines of the...
Conferences are a great way to network and learn new tricks of the trade, but the return on investment isn't often obvious. We'd argue conferences are underutilized by podcast editors. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/episodes/how-much-money-do-podcast-editors-make-pem020/ (The Podcast Editors Survey) tells us that conferences can translate into higher earnings. It's critical that use you use these industry events to create opportunities for your business. But HOW? Which conferences? And how to attend them without eating up all your profits? Marcus de Paula of https://www.meonlylouder.com/ (Me Only Louder) & https://www.meonlylouder.com/podcastaudiolab (Podcast Audio Lab) share his pro tips and strategies that answer those questions and how he gets the most out of any conference on a budget. Who is Marcus? He's an audio engineer turned podcast editor, sound consultant, audio teacher, who also builds Squarespace sites. Oh and he has a podcast. Solid AI-generated advice: The first thing you should do is create a goal that lists all the things you want to accomplish. This can be something simple like "I want to meet more people in my industry" or "I want to get feedback on my work." After you have your list, think about what events and conferences are happening. Highlights:How Marcus found his first client Marketing... or lack thereof... for editors Tech Tuesday at Podfest Global How many conferences are worth going to each year? (and how does COVID change that?) What types of sessions are valuable to editors and why? The lowkey conference marketing practice that generates leads Are virtual conferences worth attending? Hallways: where the magic happens How to get a podcaster to talk to you Budget hacks All I wanted was a normal-sized soda!!! (and I'm still mad about this) How to create an amazing speaker pitch
Yeah, you should totally https://mailchi.mp/5a719731c06f/get-the-yeti-letter (subscribe to the newsletter.) Links:https://www.buzzsprout.com/blog/podcast-conferences (List of Podcast Conferences) https://www.heartcastmedia.com/ (Molly Ruland) https://www.meonlylouder.com/workshops/compression-4-23-21 (Compression Workshop )by Podcast Audio Lab April 23rd Be a guest or an editor or both!This episode was edited by Bekah for http://yayapodcasting.com/ (YaYa Podcasting). We were missing a track and Bekah made it work. Want to hire Bekah? Send us a message. Are you having a problem in your business you need workshopped? Or are you doing something incredible you think our audience needs to know about it? https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/be-a-guest/ (Be a guest on the show!) Appearing in this episode:Marcus de Paula: https://www.meonlylouder.com/ (https://www.meonlylouder.com/) | https://twitter.com/meonlylouder (@meonlylouder) Daniel Abendroth: https://rothmedia.audio (https://rothmedia.audio) | https://twitter.com/rothmedia_audio (@rothmedia_audio) Jennifer Longworth: https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com/ (https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com) https://twitter.com/KYPodcasting (| @KYPodcasting) Carrie Caulfield-Arick: https://yayapodcasting.com (https://yayapodcasting.com) | https://www.instagram.com/carriearick/ (@carriearick) Sorely missed: Bryan Entzminger: https://toptieraudio.com (https://toptieraudio.com) | https://twitter.com/@toptieraudio (@toptieraudio) Mentioned in this episode: Support Our Ukrainian PodCommunity Fighting for Ukraine Yuriy Matsarsky is a Ukrainian journalist turned civilian fighter against the Russian invasion of the democratic country of Ukraine. In this podcast, he brings daily updates from the front lines of the Ukrainian resistance. Listen in your favorite app: pod.link/1613573570
Please consider donating to Yuriy's Go Fund Me campaign, which helps him support his now refugee family. It'll help Yuriy rest a little easier during this waking nightmare. Every $5 makes a true difference: https://gofund.me/6bef49ba...
Marketing. Do you hate it? Do you think it's gross? What if you change your relationship AND get clients with marketing? We kicked off 2021 with a 5-day marketing challenge to encourage you to put yourself and your business out there. It’s served with a dash of how to make marketing less overwhelming and not creepy. (Dare I say fun?) Find out what happened when we did our own challenge and what our biggest takeaways from the experience was. Plus, get some marketing tips even if you didn’t do the challenge. Listen to discover:Why did we do this challenge anyway? Why Carrie isn't worried about SEO The Benefits of https://www.google.com/business/ (Google My Business) Do Google Ads work? (Carrie tested it!) Scheduling social media posts (what scheduler do you use?) You don't need to be a graphic designer to make pretty art Who really loved the challenge? What industry are we technically in? What to do when you don't actually want new clients. Creating an avatar when you're doing more than one thing How content (and this challenge) pays off a year later Market research is important, ya'll! Why the pre-work was so critical (and will always help you!) What would you do in this listener's situation?
Resources:https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/marketing-challenge-1/ (Marketing Challenge) https://socialbee.io (https://SocialBee.io) https://canva.com (https://canva.com) https://spark.adobe.com/sp/ (Adobe Spark) (comes with a Creative Cloud subscription) https://www.facebook.com/groups/podcasteditors/ (Podcast Editors Club) https://www.podcasteditoracademy.com/ (Podcast Editor Academy) https://www.bonnielfrank.com/ (https://www.bonnielfrank.com/) Shout out to Kimberly of Werker Bee Media: http://werkerbeemedia.com (http://werkerbeemedia.com) This episode was edited by https://www.linkedin.com/in/michael-safwat-b54643104/ (Michael Safwat) of http://yayapodcasting.com/ (YaYa Podcasting) Appearing in this episode:Jennifer Longworth: https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com/ (https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com) https://twitter.com/KYPodcasting (| @KYPodcasting) Carrie Caulfield-Arick: https://yayapodcasting.com (https://yayapodcasting.com) | https://www.instagram.com/carriearick/ (@carriearick) Bryan Entzminger: https://toptieraudio.com (https://toptieraudio.com) | https://twitter.com/@toptieraudio (@toptieraudio) Sorely missed… Daniel Abendroth: https://rothmedia.audio (https://rothmedia.audio) | https://twitter.com/rothmedia_audio (@rothmedia_audio) Mentioned in this episode: Support Our Ukrainian PodCommunity Fighting for Ukraine Yuriy Matsarsky is a Ukrainian journalist turned civilian fighter against the Russian invasion of the democratic country of Ukraine. In this podcast, he brings daily updates from the front lines of the Ukrainian resistance. Listen in your favorite app: pod.link/1613573570
Please consider donating to Yuriy's Go Fund Me campaign, which helps him support his now refugee family. It'll help Yuriy rest a little easier during this waking nightmare. Every $5 makes a true difference: https://gofund.me/6bef49ba https://podcast-editors-mastermind.captivate.fm/ffu (Fighting for Ukraine)
Have you ever wondered how you can differentiate yourself as a podcast editor? Or how you can stand out from your competition and have a more meaningful sales conversation than, "I can save you time?" Jon Gay of https://jagindetroit.com/ (JAG in Detroit Podcasts) offers something that is incredibly valuable to his clients, draws on his 15 years of experience in radio, and even sets him up for ways to expand his business offerings to better meet the needs of his clients. Listen to discover: What took the life out of radio and could do the same in podcasting How a spreadsheet could keep the love of podcasting in our businesses What Jon does that's different from his competitors Why what he offers sets Jon up to discover his clients' needs more deeply Why a https://www.rode.com/rodecasterpro (Rodecaster Pro) has helped him land sales How Jon is considering expanding his business The value of having a group of trusted business colleagues The most embarrassing way each of us have ruined a podcast episode
If you want to change your sales pitch from "I'll make you sound good and save you time" to something that is more meaningful and really meets your clients' needs, you'll almost certainly find some incredible ideas in this episode. EditorThis episode was edited by Bryan Entzminger of https://toptieraudio.com/ (Top Tier Audio). You is one of the four slightly irregular Yetis of the Podcast Editors Mastermind and can find him at https://toptieraudio.com (https://toptieraudio.com), where he offers courses, consulting, and editing services. Interested in being a guest on the show?If you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/be-a-guest/ (Fill out this form )to let us know you're interested, and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit. Resources:https://jagindetroit.com (JAG in Detroit Podcasts) https://www.facebook.com/groups/podcasteditors/ (Podcast Editors Club) https://yayapod.thinkific.com/courses/izotope-rx7-for-podcasters (Carrie's RX Course) https://www.youtube.com/channel/UC48TV3JlzcaEhFyb_q7bXHQ (Daniel's Reaper for Podcasting YouTube Channel) https://www.facebook.com/AleCarbono (Alejandro Ramirez) https://www.rode.com/rodecasterpro/ (Rodecaster Pro)
Appearing in this episode:Daniel Abendroth: https://rothmedia.audio (https://rothmedia.audio) | https://twitter.com/rothmedia_audio (@rothmedia_audio) Jennifer Longworth: https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com/ (https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com) https://twitter.com/KYPodcasting (| @KYPodcasting) Carrie Caulfield-Arick: https://yayapodcasting.com (https://yayapodcasting.com) | https://twitter.com/thekeldakitty (@thekeldakitty) Bryan Entzminger: https://toptieraudio.com (https://toptieraudio.com) | https://twitter.com/@toptieraudio (@toptieraudio)
Mentioned in this episode: Support Our Ukrainian PodCommunity Fighting for Ukraine Yuriy Matsarsky is a Ukrainian journalist turned civilian fighter against the Russian invasion of the democratic country of Ukraine. In this podcast, he brings daily updates from the front lines of the Ukrainian resistance. Listen in your favorite app: pod.link/1613573570
Please consider donating to Yuriy's Go Fund Me campaign, which helps him support his now refugee family. It'll help Yuriy rest a little easier during this waking nightmare. Every $5 makes a true difference: https://gofund.me/6bef49ba https://podcast-editors-mastermind.captivate.fm/ffu (Fighting for Ukraine)
Can the https://podcasttaxonomy.com/ (Podcast Taxonomy) benefit you as a podcast editor? If you've ever found yourself struggling to explain your true value as an editor and all that you do to a potential client, it might just help you. And you'll definitely want to spend some time understanding what's going on, how it can benefit you, and even some gaps that it doesn't address in what indie podcast editors do. If the Podcast Taxonomy is done well, it can be a HUGE benefit to podcast editors like us. It has the potential to bring some much-needed clarity to the podcasting space - as long as we and what we are represented well. And as long as we understand how we can use it to communicate with our clients, most of whom will NOT have a large staff of writers, engineers, editors, managing editors, and more. Listen to discover the Yetis' initial thoughts on some strengths and weaknesses in the work that's been done, as it relates to indie podcast editors. Along with https://stevestewart.me (Steve Stewart), the leader of the https://www.facebook.com/groups/podcasteditors/ (Podcast Editors Club) and co-founder of the https://www.podcasteditoracademy.com/ (Podcast Editor Academy), who joined in the chat, we share some insights, questions, gaps, and more about: What the Podcast Taxonomy is and where to find it What we see as a heavy influence on what's been developed so far Our thoughts on how well indie podcasters have been represented Our thoughts on what might be missing or need more clarification One way that we can use the taxonomy RIGHT NOW to better communicate the value we bring our clients How we can use the Podcast Taxonomy to help clarify roles and responsibilities with our clients
Supercharging Business GrowthAnd if that wasn't enough, because we want you to be able to grow your business, we also shared one thing that has the potential to help you break through roadblocks and grow your business. We share our experiences and even some reasons we (the Yetis) sometimes avoid the very things that could help us grow. While we hope this will encourage you, there's another reason we're sharing this: we have something coming up that we want you to be a part of because we truly believe that it can help you grow our businesses and yours as well. But you'll have to listen to find out more about that. :) Guest EditorThis episode was edited by https://www.facebook.com/xyclicks.joy (Xyclicks Joy). If you're looking for an editor and like what you hear, please consider https://www.facebook.com/xyclicks.joy (reaching out to Xyclicks Joy.) Interested in being a guest on the show?If you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/be-a-guest/ (Fill out this form )to let us know you're interested, and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit. Resources:https://podcasttaxonomy.com (Podcast Taxonomy) https://www.podchaser.com/podcasts/podcast-editors-mastermind-1062361 (Podchaser) https://staffmeup.com/ (Staff Me Up) https://stevestewart.me (Steve Stewart) https://podcasteditoracademy.com (Podcast Editor Academy) https://www.facebook.com/groups/podcasteditors/ (Podcast Editors Club) https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com (Get the Yeti Letter to stay in the loop) http://subscribe.podcasteditorsmastermind.com/ (Get the Podcast Editors Mastermind delivered for free) https://facebook.com/groups/podcasteditorsmastermind (Join our Facebook Group)
Appearing in this episode:Daniel Abendroth: https://rothmedia.audio (https://rothmedia.audio) | https://twitter.com/rothmedia_audio (@rothmedia_audio) Jennifer Longworth: https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com/ (https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com) https://twitter.com/KYPodcasting (| @KYPodcasting) Carrie Caulfield-Arick: https://yayapodcasting.com (https://yayapodcasting.com) | https://instagram.com/carriearick (@carriearick) Bryan Entzminger: https://toptieraudio.com (https://toptieraudio.com) |...
~~We’re doing a 5 Day Marketing Challenge starting Jan. 10th to help you attract clients and stop hustling for them. If you want to participate, https://mailchi.mp/5a719731c06f/get-the-yeti-letter (sign up for our newsletter) & join thehttps://www.facebook.com/groups/podcasteditorsmastermind ( Podcast Editors Mastermind Community)! Already get the newsletter? The details will be in your inbox next Thursday (Jan 7th).~~ Mark Deal and Steve Stewart, co-founders of the Podcast Editors Club and the Podcast Editor Academy, expand on the surprising findings from the 2020 Podcast Editors Survey. The good news is that the rates and the value in this post-production industry are trending upward. If you haven’t seen the reveal, https://www.facebook.com/groups/podcasteditors/permalink/3827398697348849 (watch it now). We also discuss the limitations of the survey, what DAWs are correlated to higher income and why, and what else we’d like covered in the 2021 survey. http://yayapodcasting.com/pea (Podcast Editor Academy) students can access the survey with their membership. Currently, a subscription is available for only $49 per month (cancel anytime). http://yayapodcasting.com/pea (If you use this affiliate link), it costs you nothing and support the production costs associated with this show. It’s a win-win. :) But more than that, you get all the tools you need to run an efficient editing business, whether it’s a side-hustle or full-time gig. Not to mention the support through regular office hours. Plus, you’ll get exclusive discounts on courses on technical skills, DAW training, content marketing, and more! Highlights:The DAWs that makes money and why we think that is Why is there a gender pay gap? Why did they track gender? Will ethnicity and race be included in future surveys? The reason Carrie wants that information included The limitations of the survey and ya’ll, it’s hard getting people to take a detailed survey How conferences and events impact rates (and finding clients) Get outside the #podcast bubble and into your niche Extra services that command higher rates We don’t talk about customer service enough https://www.podcastingforcoaches.com/ (Britany Felix) is AWESOME How long you’ve been in business matters, apparently But where do you find clients?
Guest EditorThis episode was edited by https://yayapodcasting.com/ (YaYa Podcasting)’s https://www.linkedin.com/in/miguel-alejandro-ramirez-avila-4b7a50129/ (Alejandro Ramirez) (Even though I don’t want to share him, he is available for hire currently) Interested in being a guest on the show?If you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/be-a-guest/ (Fill out this form )to let us know you're interested and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit. Resources:https://www.facebook.com/groups/podcasteditors/permalink/3827398697348849 (Podcast Editor Survey Results 2020) (must be a member of the Podcast Editors Club) https://www.podcasteditoracademy.com/ (Podcast Editor Academy) https://www.facebook.com/groups/justbusters/ (Just Busters: Femxle Podcast Editors) https://stevestewart.me/ (Steve’s newsletter )(is fantastic) Appearing in this episode:Mark Deal: https://podcastguestacademy.com (https://)https://podcastguestacademy.com (podcastguestacademy.com) | https://twitter.com/markdealpod?lang=en (@markdealpod) Steve Stewart: https://stevestewart.me (https://stevestewart.me) | https://www.facebook.com/groups/podcasteditors (Podcast Editors Club) Daniel Abendroth: https://rothmedia.audio (https://rothmedia.audio) | https://twitter.com/rothmedia_audio (@rothmedia_audio) Jennifer Longworth: https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com/ (https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com) https://twitter.com/KYPodcasting (| @KYPodcasting) Carrie Caulfield-Arick: https://yayapodcasting.com (https://yayapodcasting.com) | https://www.instagram.com/carriearick/...
Part 2 of setting goals for your audio podcast editing business. What do you truly want to achieve with your career as an editor? How will you take a side-hustle to a full-time job? Or do you even want to? Are you ready to scale-up your freelancing operation? Whatever your goals, you're going to need a plan. The time is NOW to create it! Daniel, Bryan, and Jennifer take stock, talk about dreams and pet peeves. They begin setting quarterly goals thinking about the action steps behind them. Note from this Yeti: In this series, we may not work on budgets publically, but we do encourage you to both review the 2020 fiscal year and use that to make a plan and model scenarios based on your goals and timelines in 2021. It doesn't have to be complicated and can be done with a simple Google Sheet. https://mailchi.mp/c35b8e7c356c/goals (Grab the Podcast Editors Master Plan here) FREE to work alongside us as we review our past year in business. Thank you for sharing your time with us in the past year! Here’s to an amazing 2021 for all podcast editors!!! Appearing in this episode:Daniel Abendroth: https://rothmedia.audio (https://rothmedia.audio) | https://twitter.com/rothmedia_audio (@rothmedia_audio) Jennifer Longworth: https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com/ (https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com) https://twitter.com/KYPodcasting (| @KYPodcasting) Bryan Entzminger: https://toptieraudio.com (https://toptieraudio.com) | https://twitter.com/@toptieraudio (@toptieraudio) Mentioned in this episode: Support Our Ukrainian PodCommunity Fighting for Ukraine Yuriy Matsarsky is a Ukrainian journalist turned civilian fighter against the Russian invasion of the democratic country of Ukraine. In this podcast, he brings daily updates from the front lines of the Ukrainian resistance. Listen in your favorite app: pod.link/1613573570
Please consider donating to Yuriy's Go Fund Me campaign, which helps him support his now refugee family. It'll help Yuriy rest a little easier during this waking nightmare. Every $5 makes a true difference: https://gofund.me/6bef49ba https://podcast-editors-mastermind.captivate.fm/ffu (Fighting for Ukraine)
Work alongside us as we review our past year in business in part one of this planning session. In order to know where to go in the future, you have to understand where you've been, especially when you're an entrepreneur. We're doing our end of year goal planning sessions out loud with you. We start by reviewing our wins, losses, and themes of 2020, including the financial ones. What worked, what failed and why? https://mailchi.mp/c35b8e7c356c/goals (Grab the Podcast Editors Master Plan here) for FREE by subscribing to our not-spammy newsletter. The next episode will focus on figuring out what to do with what you learned in 2020 so you can create goals for 2021. Appearing in this episode:Daniel Abendroth: https://rothmedia.audio (https://rothmedia.audio) | https://twitter.com/rothmedia_audio (@rothmedia_audio) Jennifer Longworth: https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com/ (https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com) https://twitter.com/KYPodcasting (| @KYPodcasting) Carrie Caulfield Arick: https://yayapodcasting.com (https://yayapodcasting.com) | https://www.instagram.com/carriearick/ (@carriearick) Bryan Entzminger: https://toptieraudio.com (https://toptieraudio.com) | https://twitter.com/@toptieraudio (@toptieraudio) Mentioned in this episode: Support Our Ukrainian PodCommunity Fighting for Ukraine Yuriy Matsarsky is a Ukrainian journalist turned civilian fighter against the Russian invasion of the democratic country of Ukraine. In this podcast, he brings daily updates from the front lines of the Ukrainian resistance. Listen in your favorite app: pod.link/1613573570
Please consider donating to Yuriy's Go Fund Me campaign, which helps him support his now refugee family. It'll help Yuriy rest a little easier during this waking nightmare. Every $5 makes a true difference: https://gofund.me/6bef49ba https://podcast-editors-mastermind.captivate.fm/ffu (Fighting for Ukraine)
“The whole point is to have a list that is reaching people who are actually interested in what it is you have to say…. So the gurus can say whatever the heck they want. Bottom line is, just be consistent. But choose what that means for you. If it's a monthly email newsletter because you only really have something relevant to say once a month, cool.” - Tammey Grable-Woodford The daunting task of crafting and sending effective email newsletters stirs doubt - and maybe even a touch of commitment phobia. Are they worth it? Will they make me any money? Who should I send to anyway? Do people actually read email newsletters anymore? … Maybe I should just skip them altogether and focus on social media. That’s more up-to-date anyway… isn’t it? Before you give up the future cash on the email newsletter table (that’s totally a thing), soak up the wisdom Tammey Grable-Woodford dispensed in this episode. Tammey Grable-Woodford (Grable-Newton) is a highly respected and sought-after business coach and speaker. After her diagnosis in 2015 with Stage 3b micro-metastatic breast cancer, Tammey transitioned into a life full of passion, purpose and reach. With over 25 years of executive experience, she has helped many businesses and non-profit organizations improve their workflow, expand their reach, raise their profitability, and increase the positivity of their work environment. Tammey can help with everything from strategic planning to copywriting to custom training. With her quality over quantity approach, she ignites success. As podcast editors, we were particularly interested in one of the main areas of Tammey’s expertise: sales and marketing. Finding new clients, securing contracts, and retaining clients are always high on the priority list of any podcast business. And Tammey has a way with email newsletters that inspired and motivated us to dust off our newsletter efforts. Listen to what Tammey shared with us - and https://mailchi.mp/5a719731c06f/get-the-yeti-letter?fbclid=IwAR2-y37NGDQSVovZp-ETlmiQvnS46GzM-o1dr8DrotsYFLh-i7ouFYGEg_A (sign up for our shiny new Yeti Letter)! Highlights:Learn the sales method that’s 40 times more effective than Facebook or Twitter. The #1 thing left out of an effective email newsletter. The secret sauce number of sends. Asking and answering the whys for YOU: What prevents you from sending? What triggers action for you? What are you reading? What are you deleting? How to know what to include - and, just as importantly - exclude. Define and reject the impersonal sales funnel approach. Why the 5 W’s aren’t just for news reporters. Why you should avoid click-baity email titles. Harvest your own work for content (aka repurpose your content) and cross-pollinate with friends and clients. Develop a welcome email sequence with a human touch. Why segmentation is important. Ask the right questions to get the response you need. How timing and cadence impacts affect. Pro Tip: Don’t pay to email people who don’t care. What not to forget in your email newsletter. How to build your list from zero. Write in your authentic voice. Homework for all: Start crafting your email newsletter using the 5 W’s.
Resources:Tammey Grable-Newton https://www.taniant.com/ (Taniant.com) Podcast: https://www.yourkillerlife.com/ (yourkillerlife.com) 360.801.5050 tammey@taniant.com https://twitter.com/ThinkTaniant (Twitter) | @ThinkTaniant https://www.facebook.com/ThinkTaniant/ (Facebook) https://www.instagram.com/thinktaniant/ (Instagram) Tammey’s Courses: https://www.taniant.com/courses (taniant.com/courses) https://meeting.zoom.ai/directory/5f63f97c66fa5b0020d8ef07/b434eb22-b462-4050-a399-81957b15adc8 (Schedule a FREE Consultation with Tammey) Mentioned on this episode:https://www.title-generator.com/ (Email Subject Generator) https://sendfox.com/ (SendFox) https://appsumo.com/sendfox/ (SendFox via AppSumo) https://beacon.by/ (Beacon) https://www.mailerlite.com/ (MailerLite)...
“[A business model] forces you to think about certain elements that most other people and processes and things online don’t really talk about, such as your cost structure, activity resources, and how you’re actually going to serve your customers. A lot of [what you hear emphasized] is just marketing funnels, marketing funnels. And I think that misses the broad picture of actually running a sustainable business.” - Mark Deal Whether you’re looking to run your business full time or are a side hustler (perhaps with the dream of full time one day), you need a business plan, a business model and a business map. Creating these crucial guides can be intimidating, but fortunately, aren’t as overwhelming as they sound. You just need to break it down. In this episode of Podcast Editors Mastermind, we’re blessed to have Mark Deal teach us how to break down and fit together the pieces that bring business models to life. Like a puzzle, Mark explains how to intelligently input pieces until your complete picture emerges. And, relax, the puzzle is easy. It only has nine pieces Mark calls blocks. For your first block, Mark advises a simplified value proposition (how you’ll make your money). Number two is fleshing out your customer segment. Once you’re clear on the first two, you evaluate marketing techniques and platforms. Then it’s time to put motion to your value proposition with an outlined activity block. With these all at the ready, you can start taking on customers (or more customers if you jumped right in), and much more, until all nine are in your business puzzle. Feeling anxious about all this? Don’t worry, we’ve captured every minute of Mark’s wisdom about executing these steps and more to structure your business. All you have to do is hit play. Highlights: Important differences between a business plan and a business model Why even freelancers and side hustlers need a business road map When you should create one and how often you should revise your plan, model and road map The 9 blocks of creating a sustainable business model How your elevator pitch is simply a combination of your value proposition and your customer segment Understanding a customer segment so yours makes sense How to formulate a mission statement that concisely conveys what you do How to choose your marketing channels wisely How to craft a clear activity block Why you must specifically outline customer relationships Why and how to structure an attractive value gap Why partners, strategic relationships and joint ventures can take your business so much further What kinds of costs you need to properly track
“I will make you sound less like a crazy wingbat.” Thanks for the quote, Mark Deal! (Watch for the T-shirt - coming soon.) Mark Deal is the founder of https://www.podatl.com/ (Podcast Atlanta), the co-founder of https://www.podcasteditoracademy.com/ (Podcast Editor Academy) and https://www.podcastguestacademy.com/ (Podcast Guest Academy), and runs a few podcasting communities with combined memberships of over 8000. With the experience of writing hundreds of business plans and helping dozens of businesses and entrepreneurs, Mark’s expertise is coveted. Located in Atlanta, Georgia, he also specializes in guiding podcast hosts, co-hosts and guests for both multinational law firms and companies headquartered in Atlanta.
Connect with Mark Deal: https://www.podatl.com/ (Podcast Atlanta) https://www.podcasteditoracademy.com/ (Podcast Editor Academy) https://www.podcastguestacademy.com/ (Podcast Guest Academy) https://podcasteditorsconference.com/ (Podcast Editors Conference) https://www.facebook.com/groups/podcasteditors (Podcast Editors Club Facebook Group) https://www.facebook.com/groups/PodcastGuestExperts (Podcast Guest Experts Facebook Group) https://www.linkedin.com/in/markdeal/ (LinkedIn) https://twitter.com/MarkDealPod (Twitter) | @MarkDealPod https://www.facebook.com/mark.deal.96 (Facebook) Resources...
“... vision is what you see in your mind… No one can see your vision except you. And working towards that vision is... the challenge.” - Michael (MiTi) Jerry Pulled in a dozen directions dictated by running a business... you can quickly lose your once-bright vision and be pulled away. How do we recenter? Reevaluate? Return to providing services that bring more than just income but truly bring value to our lives and to our clients? In this episode, we take these on inevitable questions. Michael aka MiTi (pronounced Mighty) Jerry joins us to discuss his journey, as well as offer his advice, his success so far, and ask some questions of his own. As a podcast engineer and editor for businesses, Michael is the founder of https://miti5audio.com/ (MiTi5Audio.com), the host of the podcast, DriveTimeConversations, and a graduate of https://podcastengineeringschool.com/ (Podcast Engineering School). On Podcast Editors Mastermind, we wanted to start a series we can all relate to and learn from - where we tackle real life issues and detours in our businesses. We invite you to join us as we contemplate several truths, including: that value is subjective, how our vision, lives and businesses change over time, why it’s crucial to regularly step back to reclaim our core values and mission... and how it’s a journey for all of us. Highlights:Two keys to landing clients: Know your clients and present podcasting (or improving an existing podcast) as invaluable to business-building. How to frame a client’s podcast to achieve their specific business vision. Take stock of yourself and your business to grow: your core purpose, your motivation, your passion, your vision. Why value is subjective. How to define value in a way that makes sense to a client. Designing your business to support the life you desire -- aka recapturing your vision. Why talking too much can lose you the sale. Tips to prioritize when you have more responsibilities than time. How to step back when you’re spending too long on an edit. Tips to limit distractions. Hear about Michael’s new podcast where he interviews people from all over the world. Evaluating what is “work” for you. Homework for all: Think and define your vision, your values, your mission. Who are you at your core? What five words would you say describe you? What five words would others say describe you?
Resources:Michael (MiTi) Jerry, founder of MiTi Productions: https://miti5audio.com/ (MiTi5Audio.com) 412.387.8751 Email https://miti5audio.com/contact/ (FREE 30 Minute Consultation) https://twitter.com/MiTi_audio (Twitter) | @MiTi_audio Mentioned on this episode: https://podcastengineeringschool.com/product/getting-new-clients-at-higher-rates/ (Take the “New Clients at Higher Rates” Chris Curren (Podcast Engineering School) Course and Challenge!) https://www.facebook.com/groups/podcasteditorsmastermind/ (Join our Podcast Editors Mastermind Facebook group) Are you a podcast engineer, producer, marketer or similar? Interested in being a guest on Podcast Editors Mastermind? We’d love to consider you. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/be-a-guest/ (Fill out this form) and we’ll be in touch to see if you’re a good fit. This episode of https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/ (Podcast Editors Mastermind) was edited by Jennifer Longworth of https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com/ (Bourbon Barrel Podcasting). Appearing in this episode: Bryan Entzminger: https://toptieraudio.com/ (TopTierAudio.com) | https://twitter.com/toptieraudio (@TopTierAudio) Carrie Caulfield-Arick: https://yayapodcasting.com (https://yayapodcasting.com) | https://www.instagram.com/carriearick/ (@carriearick) Jennifer Longworth: https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com (https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com) | https://twitter.com/kypodcasting (@KYPodcasting) Not appearing in this episode but still mentioned… in a stumbling sort of way (we tried, Daniel): Daniel Abendoth: https://rothmedia.audio...
“... Podcast Editors, stop delivering the same message of ‘I can save you time’... everyone says that.” - Coach Chris Hines If you’re not helping your clients increase their business, improve their downloads and solidify the loyalty of their customers, you’re leaving huge money on the table. Editors who want to make more money -- without working a crazy number of hours -- need to learn the art of podcast marketing. Just producing quality audio isn’t enough anymore. You need to make services indispensable to clients that’s visible in their bottom line. After all, when your clients make more money, so do you. Coach Chris Hines has been hosting, producing and managing podcasts since 2015. He’s now the owner of https://www.elitepodcastmarketing.agency/ (Elite Podcast Marketing Agency), where he guides podcasters into how to grow their podcasts and generate profit from their efforts. He’s moved multiple podcasts into impressive download numbers over 50,000 with north of $20,000 in sponsorship revenue. In addition to coaching podcasters and editors, Chris is a sought-after industry speaker, author, the host of his own podcast, Business Podcast Playbook, and creator of both the Podcast To Profit System and the Milestone System. Bottom line is, if you want to start making serious money with your editing business and take it to another level, Chris can guide you there. That wealth of knowledge and high-level coaching is precisely why we’ve been itching to have Chris as a guest on the show since we started our podcast. Highlights: How podcast editors can increase their income and gain more clients Why podcast editors need to guide clients into treating their shows as more than entertainment Chris shares his CCC Method and how he connects with and closes potential clients The kind of content that helps clients improve their marketing Carousel posts and how to leverage them Why different approaches, structures and expectations are crucial when pitching a new client How to maximize content to reach more people -- without it consuming your life Knowing WHAT to share is a major roadblock for clients. Be their solution through effective storytelling, viral content, and ‘how to’ content Steps to identify, attract and begin a conversation with your ideal client Pro Tip: Use https://www.podpage.com/ (PodPage.com) to set up a simple website for your clients’ podcasts Subtitles on your content videos is non-negotiable -- tools to make it easier Why colors matter in branding Chris begs editors: Stop just telling potential clients you’ll “save them time”. Here’s what you should say instead What positioning has to do with getting clients Chris shares the Number 1 mistake he sees podcast editors make How to handle mistakes or missed deadlines and salvage that relationship Why it’s important for podcasts to invest in their education
Resources: https://www.podpage.com/ (PodPage) -- contact Chris on his social media or via email for a promo code https://www.headliner.app/ (Headliner) https://www.happyscribe.com/ (Happy Scribe) https://thecoachchris.com/ (https://thecoachchris.com/) https://www.elitepodcastmarketing.agency/ (https://www.elitepodcastmarketing.agency/) admin@thecoachchris.com https://twitter.com/thecoachchris (Twitter) https://www.facebook.com/thecoachchris0 (Facebook) https://www.linkedin.com/in/thecoachchris/ (LinkedIn) https://www.thecoachchris.com/podcastmarketingsecrets/ (Podcast Marketing Secrets) https://www.elitepodcastmarketing.agency/podcastloyaltyforum/ (Podcast Loyalty Club (Forum)) Book: https://www.elitepodcastmarketing.agency/podcastingisbranding (Podcasting is Branding) This episode of https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/ (Podcast Editors Mastermind) was edited by Bryan Entzminger of https://toptieraudio.com/ (Top Tier Audio). Are you a podcast engineer, producer, marketer or similar? Interested in being a guest on Podcast Editors Mastermind? We’d love to consider you....
“... if they come and ask you, ‘Hey, do you think I can use this stuff?’ I think you got to say, ‘Hey, I'm not a lawyer’.” - Gordon P. FiremarkWhat are my legal rights as a podcast editor? What are my legal responsibilities? How do I protect myself? How much do I need to protect myself? Is it common for things to go wrong? Who can I turn to if I get sued?... The legal ramifications of a disgruntled client or a contract gone wrong are almost enough to make any podcast editor quit before ever starting! But don’t give up your editing dreams too quickly. Hit pause on that panic button and take a deep breath. Now hit play on this podcast with https://firemark.com/ (Gordon P. Firemark), The Podcast Lawyer™ for some practical advice and peace of mind. Gordon Firemark, Lawyer for Theatre, Film, Television and New Media, is more than just a lawyer. He’s also the producer and host of the podcast http://entertainmentlawupdate.com/ (Entertainment Law Update), so he knows firsthand about podcasting. Within his law practice, he helps professionals and artists across the entertainment industries with intellectual property and business/corporate matters. Beyond that, he represents and helps protect clients working within the vast disciplines housed under the terms cyberspace and new media. Sharing his expertise in an easy to comprehend, nuts and bolts fashion, Gordon is also the author of http://podcastlawbook.com/ (The Podcast, Blog and New Media Producer's Legal Survival Guide.) He’s created forms and templates needed by podcasters, editors, and production companies alike. Gordon may be a lawyer and duty-bound to censor what he shares but he’s also a giver and we weren’t shy to be the recipients of his generosity. In this episode, he answers several general questions and even addresses some issues and scenarios you likely didn’t think could come up in your editing business. You won’t want to miss a minute! Highlights:I know I need signed contracts as a podcast editor but how detailed should they be? How can I protect myself against a client submitting work to me that infringes on the rights of others or defames someone or causes a similar bad situation? How much editing is too much? Can I be held liable for over-editing? How can I make sure I’m held legally harmless for the edits requested by a client? What do I do if a client refuses to pay? Who owns the rights to a project a client refused to pay me for? When might I need a trademark or service mark for my business? Do I need to register as an LLC (Limited Liability Company) or am I okay as a sole proprietor? Who do I talk to if I’m thinking an LLC is right for me and my business? What types of documents do I need to prepare to become an LLC? How do I make sure I’m covered for situations where I have clients (or my clients have guests on their show) that are overseas? What about the GDPR (General Data Protection Regulation)? Should I be concerned as an editor about things like the California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA) or the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act (COPPA)? What about sound effects and music I use in my editing process or my client uses in their show? Can I rely on “Fair Use” to protect me? Errors and Omissions Insurance? What’s that? How do I cover ensuring show guests have given their consent to be recorded and edited? Where can I get Gordon’s podcast release form, his eBook and other resources?
Resources:https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/law-topic/data-protection_en (GDPA (General Data Protection Act - for the European Union)) https://oag.ca.gov/privacy/ccpa#:~:text=The%20California%20Consumer%20Privacy%20Act,rights%20for%20California%20consumers%2C%20including%3A&text=The%20right%20to%20delete%20personal,them%20(with%20some%20exceptions)%3B (CCPA (California Consumer Privacy Act)) https://www.ftc.gov/enforcement/rules/rulemaking-regulatory-reform-proceedings/childrens-online-privacy-protection-rule (COPPA...
Do you ever find yourself wondering if you're good enough as a podcast editor? Or maybe struggling to raise your rates even though you know you need to? We all do. Or at least most of us do. And for one reason… Fear. You thought I was going to say “imposter syndrome” and you're right. But at the root, it's fear. Fear that you're not good enough. Fear that you'll be judged. Fear that a potential client may turn you down. Fear that…
What does that mean little bully of a voice say to you? Here's the point, though. If we all face it, then we shouldn't face it alone. We should be honest with ourselves and others when we find safe spaces to share what's going on between our ears. This week Heather Wester joins us to share her journey as a podcast producer at https://www.ironedoutmedia.com/ (Ironed Out Media). She shares some ups and some downs as well. And, as you'll learn, she struggles with imposter syndrome too. Listen to discover: How Impostor Syndrome has affected each of us. How Impostor Syndrome will even bring fear into what is clearly a success. How Heather's background gave her a head-start with podcast production. How a dare led to Heather being an Affiliate Producer for a popular radio program. How discovering nuances within podcasting forced her to grow. How a dose of humility is vastly different from tearing yourself down. The value of taking things one step at a time. A question you can ask yourself to reframe whether you'll listen to that evil little voice in your head.
As you listen, you're sure to find something powerful in Heather's story - whether you're trying to make sense out of your journey as a podcast editor, just getting started, or trying to figure out how to break through a limiting belief that's holding you back. This was a truly wonderful conversation, and we're so happy that Heather was willing to share her journey, her successes, and her struggles with us. Guest EditorThis episode was edited by Bryan Entzminger of https://toptieraudio.com/ (Top Tier Audio). Interested in being a guest on the show?If you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/be-a-guest/ (Fill out this form )to let us know you're interested, and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit. Resources:Ironed Out Media: https://www.ironedoutmedia.com/ (https://www.ironedoutmedia.com) Heather's Instagram: http://instagram.com/ironedoutmedia (@ironedoutmedia) Carrie's iZotope RX7 Course: https://yayapod.thinkific.com/courses/izotope-rx7-for-podcasters (https://yayapod.thinkific.com/courses/izotope-rx7-for-podcasters) Bryan's Hindenburg Course: https://courses.toptieraudio.com (https://courses.toptieraudio.com )
Appearing in this episode:Heather Wester: https://www.ironedoutmedia.com/ (https://www.ironedoutmedia.com) | http://instagram.com/ironedoutmedia (@ironedoutmedia) Daniel Abendroth: https://rothmedia.audio (https://rothmedia.audio) | https://twitter.com/rothmedia_audio (@rothmedia_audio) Carrie Caulfield-Arick: https://yayapodcasting.com (https://yayapodcasting.com) | https://twitter.com/thekeldakitty (@thekeldakitty) Bryan Entzminger: https://toptieraudio.com (https://toptieraudio.com) | https://twitter.com/@toptieraudio (@toptieraudio)
Mentioned in this episode: Support Our Ukrainian PodCommunity Fighting for Ukraine Yuriy Matsarsky is a Ukrainian journalist turned civilian fighter against the Russian invasion of the democratic country of Ukraine. In this podcast, he brings daily updates from the front lines of the Ukrainian resistance. Listen in your favorite app: pod.link/1613573570
Please consider donating to Yuriy's Go Fund Me campaign, which helps him support his now refugee family. It'll help Yuriy rest a little easier during this waking nightmare. Every $5 makes a true difference: https://gofund.me/6bef49ba https://podcast-editors-mastermind.captivate.fm/ffu (Fighting for Ukraine)
Podcast editors: Do you want more clients? If you're like most of us, you're almost always on the lookout for new clients and new ways to attract and connect with them so that we can grow our businesses. But what happens when we attract the WRONG clients? Well, it's not good. It can ruin our businesses and our lives. Literally. But it doesn't have to be that way. Listen as Britany Felix of https://podcastingforcoaches.com (Podcasting for Coaches) joins us to share what she's learned about attracting the right clients (for her), how she manages relationships with professionalism but keeps the boundaries clear, how she screens clients (hint...it can start well before your first conversation), and how she knows when it's time to make a drastic change. Listen to discover: The story of a client who was such a bad fit, one error ruined a vacation, damaged trust irreparably, and sometimes still has her looking for a place to hide. That you really CAN set your own rules for how you'd like to work with your clients. Not only WHO you'd like to work with but also how quickly you'll turn around their edits, and even what happens if they are late with their files. One change that Britany made to ensure she never gets a bad-fit client again. The red flags Britany looks for when she's on an initial call. How Britany stands out from the crowd when she's responding to a prospective client. Her uncommon approach to pricing her editing services. How Britany now often has people paying her LONG BEFORE she ever considers working with them as an editor. How she manages https://www.wrike.com/project-management-guide/faq/what-is-scope-creep-in-project-management/ (scope creep) and resets expectations when needed. And much, much more.
If you're looking to grow your podcast editing business in a way that allows you to stay sane, balance your personal life and goals, and service your clients well, you need to listen to this. And after you have, http://subscribe.podcasteditorsmastermind.com/ (make sure that you've subscribed using your favorite podcast app). Guest EditorThis episode was edited by Heather Wester of http://ironedoutmedia.com/ (Ironed Out Media). If you're looking for a podcast editor or producer, take a minute to check out what she has to offer. Interested in being a guest on the show?If you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/be-a-guest/ (Fill out this form )to let us know you're interested and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit. Resources:https://podcastingforcoaches.com (https://podcastingforcoaches.com) https://asana.com/ (https://asana.com/)
Appearing in this episode:Daniel Abendroth: https://rothmedia.audio (https://rothmedia.audio) | https://twitter.com/rothmedia_audio (@rothmedia_audio) Jennifer Longworth: https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com/ (https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com) https://twitter.com/KYPodcasting (| @KYPodcasting) Bryan Entzminger: https://toptieraudio.com (https://toptieraudio.com) | https://twitter.com/@toptieraudio (@toptieraudio) Britany Felix: https://podcastingforcoaches.com (https://podcastingforcoaches.com) | https://www.instagram.com/podcastingforcoaches/ (@podcastingfocoaches) Carrie Caulfield-Arick: https://yayapodcasting.com/ (https://yayapodcasting.com) | https://twitter.com/thekeldakitty (@thekeldakitty) (chat master)
Mentioned in this episode: Support Our Ukrainian PodCommunity Fighting for Ukraine Yuriy Matsarsky is a Ukrainian journalist turned civilian fighter against the Russian invasion of the democratic country of Ukraine. In this podcast, he brings daily updates from the front lines of the Ukrainian resistance. Listen in your favorite app: pod.link/1613573570
Please consider donating to Yuriy's Go Fund Me campaign, which helps him support his now refugee family. It'll help Yuriy rest a little easier during this waking nightmare. Every $5 makes a true difference:
“Boldness has genius, power, and magic in it.” Need to charge more for your services? Need more clients? (Yes and yes!) Then improving your skills and upping your confidence are the catalysts you covet. To get them, consider Podcast Engineering School and employing the genius of boldness. Chris Curran of https://podcastengineeringschool.com/ (Podcast Engineering School) offers both the mental inspiration and the audio deep-dive podcast engineers, producers and editors need. And he definitely has the chops to do so. Chris’ background is in music engineering and production with several famous artists. He’s been on staff with professional recording studios and been the producer and engineer for household name podcasts as well as business authors. Podcast Engineering School’s next semester starts September 15, 2020. Get details and enroll early for an amazing discount at https://podcastengineeringschool.com/product/pes-online-program/ (https://podcastengineeringschool.com/product/pes-online-program). In Chris’ course, students do a dive deep on sound to create impeccable podcasts. With everything he has to offer, we absolutely had to have Chris on -- especially when he makes empowering and intriguing statements like: “You are the instrument that gets everything done.” Hear about this and much more on this episode. Highlights: What and who inspired Chris to get started in podcasts and podcast engineering How Chris works with fewer clients but never charges less than $500 per episode How and why you want to be on while your clients are recording their podcast Pro Tip: Make sure you’re always recording if you use SquadCast (Chris shares a lesson learned) What Chris uses for backup recordings The ideal student for Chris’ Podcast Engineering School and average class sizes The two common fundamental struggles or gaps all new(er) podcast editors face (you’re not alone!) Getting clients: combat the head game, get over timidity and just say “Hi” Consider becoming a member of your local Chamber of Commerce Why boldness has genius power and how you actually hurt yourself by being the cheapest Mentally make the leap to raise your prices: aka facing your money mindset Don’t get stuck in low pricing forever, leverage contracts How Chris found his first client(s) Resources:https://zencastr.com/ (Zencastr) https://squadcast.fm/ (SquadCast) https://www.ringr.com/ (Ringr) https://rogueamoeba.com/audiohijack/ (Audio Hijack) (for Mac) https://www.vb-audio.com/Voicemeeter/banana.htm (Voicemeeter Banana) (for PC) https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=If7ty2dyTOY (Intro to Voicemeeter with Daniel Hagar) https://www.izotope.com/en/products/rx.html (RX 7) https://podfestexpo.com/ (Podfest) https://podcastmovement.com/ (Podcast Movement) http://messy.fm (Messy) and http://mollybeck.co (Molly Beck) | @MsMollyBeck https://podcastengineeringschool.com/category/show/ (The Podcast Engineering Show) This quote is attributed to a few people but is most directly word-for-word by John Anster. It appeared in his 1835 translation of the German work “Faust” by Johanne Wolfgang von Goeth. This episode of https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/ (Podcast Editors Mastermind) was edited by Daniel Abendroth of https://rothmedia.audio/ (Roth Media). How to be a guest... Are you a podcast engineer, producer, marketer or similar? Interested in being a guest on Podcast Editors Mastermind? We’d love to consider you. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/be-a-guest/ (Fill out this form) and we’ll be in touch to see if you’re a good fit. Appearing in this episode: Chris Curran: https://podcastengineeringschool.com/ (https://podcastengineeringschool.com/) | https://twitter.com/PodcastEngineer (@PodcastEngineer) Carrie Caulfield Arick: https://yayapodcasting.com (https://yayapodcasting.com) | https://www.instagram.com/carriearick/ (@carriearick) Jennifer Longworth: https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com...
If you’re struggling to respond to or understand the Black Lives Matter movement personally and professionally, you aren’t alone. There’s a fine line between authentic allyship and service and skeevy marketing strategies. Yet, research shows that diversity and inclusion positively benefits bottom lines. The millennial and Gen Z generations are the most diverse in history: only 56% of the 87 million millennials in the country are white, as compared to 72% of the 76 million members of the baby boomer generation. (https://money.cnn.com/interactive/economy/diversity-millennials-boomers/ (CNN Money)) What is diversity in simple words? It means understanding that each individual is unique, and recognizing our individual differences. These can be along the dimensions of race, ethnicity, gender, sexual orientation, socio-economic status, age, physical abilities, religious beliefs, political beliefs, or other ideologies. -- via https://www.qcc.cuny.edu/diversity/definition.html (CUNY) Highlights How diversity benefits our business Your bubble probably insulates you from seeing black podcasters and creators Start with your WHY The case for mentorship Tips for cold emails to non-white podcasters Why people of color are cautious about asks It boils down to developing relationships authentically Be open to being called out and then do better Taking a hard look at diversity in your business, podcast, and marketing efforts Helping your clients tackle diversity and inclusion Stock images are NOT very diverse The importance of making sure everyone benefits from your inclusion and diversity efforts BONUS: Reparations isn’t necessarily about money... Who is Nikita?Nikita Burks-Hale is the CEO and Head Creative of JourneyGurl Magic Productions, which is a podcast production company that supports and empowers Womxn of Color as they bring their unique voices to the masses through podcasting. Nikita is also the host of 2 podcasts, The JourneyGurl Magic Podcast and The Podcaster’s Journey (launch Aug 2020). What You can do now:https://journeygurlmagicproductions.lpages.co/passthemic/ (Attend Pass the Mic: Best Practices for Diversifying Your Podcast, Your Ask, And Your Life) Follow black creator hashtags (and other non-white hashtags). Start with tags like #blackpodcasts and #blackpodcasters Engage with some podcasters regularly to expand your ‘bubble.’ Listen to podcasts from black creators (see links for some suggestions). Open a dialogue with your clients about the importance and opportunity of diversity. Be a mentor to a podcast editor of color. Don’t give up. This is an every day, forever habit to develop.
Links:Pass the Mic July 8th: https://journeygurlmagicproductions.lpages.co/passthemic/ (https://journeygurlmagicproductions.lpages.co/passthemic/) (Limited space, so grab your ticket now) Wheaton’s Law: http://www.wheatonslaw.com/ (http://www.wheatonslaw.com/) (NSFW) https://www.tiktok.com/@carriefromyayapodcasting (Carrie is on TikTok!) Eek! http://laylafsaad.com/good-ancestor-podcast (The Good Ancestor Podcast) https://www.naomiscottclark.com/podcast (The OutSpoken Girlfriend Podcast) https://www.pexels.com/ (Pexels- Diverse Stock Photos)
Further Reading on Diversity:https://www.scientificamerican.com/article/how-diversity-makes-us-smarter/ (How Diversity Makes Us Smarter) https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/diversity-makes-us-smarter-more-innovative-kirk-wheeler/ (Diversity Makes Us Smarter & More Innovative) https://medium.com/hr-blog-resources/top-5-workplace-diversity-statistics-2f4ba1d03a2e (Top 5 Workplace Diversity Statistics - HR Blog & Resources) https://www.forbes.com/sites/mayrarodriguezvalladares/2019/02/20/making-more-money-with-diversity/#40f9aad4f52e (Making More Money with Diversity) https://www.soniaethompson.com/multi-cultural-marketing-reaching-diverse-customers/ (Inclusive marketing done right: How to effectively reach...
When does your editing business invest in new equipment? Is it when productivity lags? Or is it merely a matter of budget? How do you know when it’s REALLY time to replace equipment? And then what determines how much you spend? We help Bryan decide whether to purchase a new Mac computer or stick with his old one. Plus, file storage, video editing, and impostor syndrome! We support https://wocpodcasters.co/podcasters-for-justice-campaign/ (#PodcastersforJustice)... and where to donate & what to do: https://www.gofundme.com/f/georgefloyd (George Floyd Memorial Fund) https://minnesotafreedomfund.org/ (Minnesota Freedom Fund) https://www.blackvisionsmn.org/ (Black Visions Collective) https://www.joincampaignzero.org/ (Campaign Zero) https://www.blacklivesmatter.com/ (Black Lives Matter) Text “Floyd” to 55156 to sign a petition to demand justice for George Floyd. Sign-up at https://colorofchange.org/ (Color of Change )to be notified of more opportunities to take action
Questions to ask before you buy that thing… Is this an emotional desire or practical need? How long will your investment to last? Is your need for the gear long or short term? Is there a work-around?
When you spend more time crashing and rebooting than editing, it’s time to get a new computer. Also covered... We get into file storage because you can never back up enough. Bryan is NOT a PC guy. What video software is the easiest? Daniel discusses his recent experience with Impostor Syndrome… notice how we approach it through awareness and practical experience. We share the value of accountability and you’ll probably learn a new word. Getting inspiration from others who are doing similar things as you isn’t really stealing… or is it? Should Jennifer do a course? (yes, I think she should) Jennifer, a skeptic, gives a review of Descript Descript Tip: Use Ctrl/Cmd + F to find a word or phrase to delete en masse Guest EditorThis episode was edited by https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com/ (Bourbon Barrell Podcasting). (thanks, Jennifer) Interested in being a guest on the show?If you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/be-a-guest/ (Fill out this form )to let us know you're interested and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit. Resources:https://www.ibuypower.com/ (iBuy Power) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/KVM_switch (KVM Switch) https://www.idrive.com/ (iDrive) https://www.adobe.com/products/premiere.html (Adobe Premiere) & https://www.adobe.com/products/premiere-rush.html (Premiere Rush) https://screencast-o-matic.com/ (Screen-Cast-O-Matic) https://www.bandicam.com/ (Bandicam) https://obsproject.com/ (OBS) https://courses.toptieraudio.com/ (Bryan’s Hindenburg Course) ← you need this in your life https://www.facebook.com/toptieraudio/ (@topteiraudio on Facebook) ← Message for a discount on the course https://www.podcasteditoracademy.com/ (Podcast Editor Academy) https://www.facebook.com/groups/reaperforpodcasting/ (Reaper for Podcasting Facebook Group) https://www.descript.com/ (Descript)
Appearing in this episode:Daniel Abendroth: https://rothmedia.audio (https://rothmedia.audio) | https://twitter.com/rothmedia_audio (@rothmedia_audio) Jennifer Longworth: https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com/ (https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com) https://twitter.com/KYPodcasting (| @KYPodcasting) Carrie Caulfield-Arick: https://yayapodcasting.com (https://yayapodcasting.com) | https://www.instagram.com/carriearick/ (@carriearick) Bryan Entzminger: https://toptieraudio.com (https://toptieraudio.com) | https://twitter.com/@toptieraudio (@toptieraudio) (Editor's note: I can't seem to pull off single spacing. Sorry) Mentioned in this episode: Support Our Ukrainian PodCommunity Fighting for Ukraine Yuriy Matsarsky is a Ukrainian journalist turned civilian fighter against the Russian invasion...
How does a podcast editor compete as apps like Descript become better at doing our jobs? What is it that you’re really offering? Tanner shares his insight on the future of podcast editing and why accountability as service is critical for survival. Required reading for this episode: https://medium.com/portlandpod/accountability-as-a-service-aaas-the-only-future-for-podcast-editors-794265ba024b (Accountability As A Service (AAAS): The Only Future For Freelance Podcast Editors). Tanner Campbell of https://portlandpod.com/ (The Portland Pod) bootstrapped his way from working at home serving independent creators to full-on studio space serving corporations and brands looking for an all-in-one solution. A prolific writer, Tanner often posts his content on https://medium.com/ (Medium). His article on the future of podcasting caught our attention. He points out that it’s not enough anymore to simply edit. You must offer something more to succeed in this business. A lot more than https://www.descript.com/ (Descript) can offer. He gives us an insiders look into his business model, his perspective on the future of editing, and even some of the things he STILL struggles with today. Highlights How Tanner got started with his first client and what his business does now What Tanner charges and how he determines when to bring on a new team member The shift from serving indie creators to businesses The value of a great business coach The conversation about rates Tanner’s perspective on the future of podcast editing What will Spotify look like in the near future and why that matters to us Accountability as A Service-- what that means and who needs to adopt it in Tanner’s opinion The role of quality assurance Tanner’s onboarding and editing process and dealing with legal reviews Offering the marketing piece to clients
Guest EditorThis episode was edited by https://www.instagram.com/alecarbono/ (Alejandro Ramirez) of http://yayapodcasting.com/ (YaYa Podcasting). Interested in being a guest on the show?If you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/be-a-guest/ (Fill out this form )to let us know you're interested and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit. Resources:https://portlandpod.com/ (The Portland Pod) http://www.goodboydesign.me (www.goodboydesign.me) https://www.cleancutaudio.com/ (Clean Cut Audio )(we might need to change our name to the Tom Kelly Fan Club) https://learn.portlandpod.com/ (Tanner's couses) portlandpod.com/free15min https://mikekim.com/ (Mike Kim) https://medium.com/@tannerinmaine (Tanner on Medium) https://www.descript.com/ (Descript) https://www.marshallpr.com/prmaven/podcast/ (PR Maven Podcast) (you kinda should be into that kinda thing) https://www.themountainpassway.com/ (Tanner's Business Coach)
Appearing in this episode:Tanner Campbell: https://portlandpod.com/ (https://portlandpod.com) | https://twitter.com/PortlandPod (@portlandpod) Daniel Abendroth: https://rothmedia.audio (https://rothmedia.audio) | https://twitter.com/rothmedia_audio (@rothmedia_audio) Carrie Caulfield-Arick: https://yayapodcasting.com (https://yayapodcasting.com) | https://www.instagram.com/carriearick/ (@carriearick) Bryan Entzminger: https://toptieraudio.com (https://toptieraudio.com) | https://twitter.com/@toptieraudio (@toptieraudio) Yeti of the Chat (and the person keeping Carrie in check) Jennifer Longworth: https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com/ (https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com) https://twitter.com/KYPodcasting (| @KYPodcasting) Mentioned in this episode: Support Our Ukrainian PodCommunity Fighting for Ukraine Yuriy Matsarsky is a Ukrainian journalist turned civilian fighter against the Russian invasion of the democratic country of Ukraine. In this podcast, he brings daily updates from the front lines of the Ukrainian resistance. Listen in your favorite app:...
Podcast editing is a growing industry that still has opportunities for a lot of people. But the question still remains: "How can I differentiate myself as an editor and be irreplaceable for my clients?" Dava Visaya from https://podcastengineers.com/ (PodcastEngineers.com) joined us to talk about that question. Dave is a podcast editor from the Philippines who has an interesting career trajectory. He owns a small podcast production agency with all in-house producers and editors (at least in-house when they're not under COVID-19 restrictions). He had the goal of building a large agency with a deep portfolio of clients but has recently decided to shift his business. Listen to discover: How many times the cats joined us :) How Dave didn't think of himself as a professional early on, even though he was working on a very popular show Challenges and strategies for pricing services, especially when working with international clients What often stops editors from hiring people to help them What you need to have in place before you start hiring The benefits of having your team in-house, operating on a single platform and suite of software and plugins Ideas for how you can differentiate yourself from your competitors to the point that you might be the only option your clients ever consider Why many strategies to "add value" often fail (hint: consider who actually DEFINES what's valuable) Working within boundaries - even across time zones Ideas for what you can have in place before you ever talk to prospective clients so that you can get them what they want - right out of the gate. And a LOT more.
This was an incredible conversation and you're going to LOVE it! Guest EditorThis episode was edited by Tanner Campbell, who you can find at https://portlandpod.com/ (PortlandPod.com) Interested in being a guest on the show?If you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/be-a-guest/ (Fill out this form )to let us know you're interested and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit. Resources:http://podcastengineers.com (http://podcastengineers.com) https://toptieraudio.com/pes (Podcast Engineering School) (qualifying purchases benefit Bryan) https://www.izotope.com/en/products/rx/features.html (iZotope RX7) https://www.waves.com/plugins (Waves Plugins) https://www.apple.com/logic-pro/ (Logic Pro X)
Appearing in this episode:Dave Visaya: http://podcastengineers.com (http://podcastengineers.com) | https://www.facebook.com/PodcastEngineers/ (@PodcastEngineers) Daniel Abendroth: https://rothmedia.audio (https://rothmedia.audio) | https://twitter.com/rothmedia_audio (@rothmedia_audio) Jennifer Longworth: https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com/ (https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com) https://twitter.com/KYPodcasting (| @KYPodcasting) Carrie Caulfield-Arick: https://yayapodcasting.com (https://yayapodcasting.com) | https://www.instagram.com/carriearick/ (@carriearick)
Chat Master:Bryan Entzminger: https://toptieraudio.com (https://toptieraudio.com) | https://twitter.com/@toptieraudio (@toptieraudio) Mentioned in this episode: Support Our Ukrainian PodCommunity Fighting for Ukraine Yuriy Matsarsky is a Ukrainian journalist turned civilian fighter against the Russian invasion of the democratic country of Ukraine. In this podcast, he brings daily updates from the front lines of the Ukrainian resistance. Listen in your favorite app: pod.link/1613573570
Please consider donating to Yuriy's Go Fund Me campaign, which helps him support his now refugee family. It'll help Yuriy rest a little easier during this waking nightmare. Every $5 makes a true difference: https://gofund.me/6bef49ba https://podcast-editors-mastermind.captivate.fm/ffu (Fighting for Ukraine)
All of us provide a needed service. Yet, as an industry, podcast editors don’t do a great job of defining our job. Editor, producer, and engineer are used interchangeably. So, what do these words truly mean to us, as editors, to our clients and the podcasting space as a whole? We get into the words we use to talk about what we do. How is a podcast editor different from a producer and different from an engineer? https://www.facebook.com/groups/podcasteditorsmastermind/ (Share your thoughts on what these words in our Facebook group.) Let us know what you call yourself and what clients call you. We recognize that we are not necessarily qualified to define the terms, but feel total qualified to have the conversation. If you don’t know https://stevestewart.me/ (Steve Stewart), you should. From training editors with his Audacity course, providing resources in his Facebook group to putting on the only conference for editors, Steve is an industry leader. Oh, and he also edits many BIG financial podcasts! HighlightsSteve shares why this conversation is important to have. How is podcasting different from radio, music, movies, and tv post-production... And different from his past-life as a DJ in the clubs. Steve says that right now “podcast editor” is the safest term you can use to describe what you do. What is a detailed editor vs. a content editor? Bryan uses the word technical editing, but admits to doing some content editing. Carrie does do content editing and makes editorial decisions, but doesn’t make producer type decisions. So what is a producer? Carrie thinks it has more to do with other jobs beyond editing… in the realm of indie podcasters. Steve’s on-board with that. Jennifer talks about the difference between radio and podcast production. Bryan wants you to think about the list we threw out, do the thing you’re best at and call yourself that. How do you take these terms an attach perceived value to them? We don’t know the answer. It’s in the fuzzy parts maybe? Steve says putting the word “podcast” in front of everything we do will help clarify things. When should you NOT call yourself an audio or podcast engineer? And why you should correct clients and potential clients when they refer to you any sort of engineer (unless you are). Don’t believe Steve when he tells you he can fly a plane. Carrie has found she has to teach the audio engineers she works with how to edit podcasts. Bryan shares a little bit about why that is. Podcasters are soooo much better at streaming from home than the professional broadcasters. Steve plants the stake in the ground on the language. Editor: Content-- editorial choices & Detailed: taking out things like filler words and cat meows (thanks Clark) Producer: The person who wears a whole bunch of hats doing non-editor and non-engineer stuff. (The BOSS) Engineer: Someone with formal training who conditions the audio. We didn't get into Sound Design or Narrative much, but we feel like that language kinda crosses over from other industries. Steve shares how he edited PEM004… and it was no easy feat! Carrie titled her audio file “Sorry Steve.” How Steve got his first client. Guest EditorThis episode was edited by http://podcastengineers.com (Dave Visaya of Podcast Engineers). Interested in being a guest on the show?If you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/be-a-guest/ (Fill out this form )to let us know you're interested and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit. Resources:Podcast Editors Club: https://www.facebook.com/groups/podcasteditors/ (https://www.facebook.com/groups/podcasteditors/) Podcast Editors Conference: https://podcasteditorsconference.com/ (https://podcasteditorsconference.com/) Podcast Editors Academy: https://www.podcasteditoracademy.com/...
What is an editor's value and why should people buy-in to what we do? If podcasting is an art or performance, then editing is a critical part of the show. Since we listen critically for a living, we can add in extra services and value adds to not only make more sales, but retain clients and be paid fairly for our skills. How do you translate that skill to clients and how do you charge for it? Get a reminder so you can join next livestream (Thurs. April 30 at 10:05 EDT) https://www.facebook.com/podcasteditorsmastermind/videos/537755726942440/ (https://www.facebook.com/podcasteditorsmastermind/videos/537755726942440/ ) Our GuestCallie Wright of https://www.podcaststhatdontsuck.com/ (Podcasts That Don’t Suck) is a trained audio engineer and podcast editor. They're also the host of https://www.queersplaining.com/author/callie/ (Queersplaining), which features narrative storytelling and sound design. They edited episode 003 of the Podcast Editor’s mastermind and they share their approach to our audio, dealing with EQ and compression and removing the sound of Carrie’s cats. (They could also tell what mics we used. Can you?) Callie was the editor of PEM 003- https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/episodes/pem0003-first-podcast-editing-client/ (How Can I Find My First Editing Client?) Compressors and EQers, Oh my!We totally geek out on plugins and share what we use and what’s on our wishlist. (see the links section to learn which ones we talk about) As Callie mentioned, it’s good to have a justification to spend money on plug-ins. Livestreaming... yeah, not so easy Do you edit your podcasts on Livestreams? Callie has done some editing livestreams on https://www.twitch.tv/ (Twitch) and Daniel on https://www.instagram.com/rothmedia_audio/ (Instagram) & https://www.facebook.com/groups/reaperforpodcasting/ (Facebook). We all agree that you do need your client’s permission before livestreaming an editing session. Expanding your offersEspecially now, we may need to start thinking about how we can stretch our skills and what we can offer beyond regular editing. Have you tried selling training and consulting? Callie and Carrie share how they’ve taken a no to editing and turned into a yes for these other services. Daniel points out that this will keep you top of mind when that client can pay for editing services. You probably need to edit your podcast... Callie has very strong opinions about bragging about not editing. Most people who can get away with not editing have years of experience in performing, interviewing, and getting things right in the pre-production stage. Most podcasters do not. Bryan points out that even https://newmediashow.com/author/geeknews/ (Todd Cochrane), who is a proponent of NOT editing, has years of experience podcasting, pre-production, and post-production. Why when and how do you tell your clients that they aren’t http://podcasts.joerogan.net/ (Joe Rogan)? Speaking of Joe Rogan, we tackle content development for clients, especially the myth of shows being a ‘natural conversation.’ Anytime you mic someone, you take away the ‘natural’ part. (Why won’t that trope die already?) Coaching clients can be a great way to add value to your services, but how much should you be coaching your clients, and what are the boundaries? How much feedback should you be giving your clients about their content? Framing the conversations with your clients is critical. Their podcast is their baby so we need to remember how we deliver critical feedback is proportional to how it’s heard. Continuity Matters When do you leave in flaws and when don't you? Callie shares their process and how they explain to clients why the edit isn't perfect. (Carrie has embraced her noisy cats-- one of her cats is deaf and apparently, deaf cats tend to meow more than hearing cats) This episode was edited by https://stevestewart.me/ (Steve Stewart). He's the next guest for the next episode......
One of the questions we hear from new podcast editors all the time is, "How can I find my first client?" Let's be honest - it can be hard, confusing, daunting, and scary. You know what you're doing but you don't know where to find clients. Or more specifically, you might not know where (and how) to find the RIGHT clients. Should you start editing on Fiverr? Should you work for free to build your portfolio? Should you just pitch every podcaster in a Facebook group? Should you troll the forums and groups looking for the best possible podcast clients? Should you focus on building your brand - even if you don't have a body of work to show for it? These are all tough questions. And trying to find answers can be paralyzing. You might be afraid that making the wrong decision will lock you into something that doesn't work. And even worse, making NO decision will definitely keep you from getting started. The good news is that there's no ONE right answer. The bad news is that there's no ONE right answer. Listen as our four Yetis share the stories of their first clients.Daniel shares how he got started on (and still gets some clients from) a popular discount platform. He shares how he was WAY underpriced at first, how he's approached getting to rate parity, and how he now uses that platform to screen out the wrong clients. Carrie shares how she submitted around 100 proposals in a single day that led to her first client using a different platform. She talks about her experience, how that platform has changed, and the incredible administrative overhead that goes with a platform like that. Bryan shares how a guest on his first podcast helped jumpstart his editing, why he invested in Chris Curran's Podcast Engineering School, and how he's moved from editing pro-bono to professional editing as a side hustle podcast editor. Jennifer shares how a radio station and an online course led to her first editing clients and how she's transitioned her focus and efforts over the years. We're not saying that any of these ways are right (or even recommended) but they're our stories. They're how WE got started. And maybe you can learn from both what worked and what didn't work for us. Our Guest EditorThis episode was edited by Callie Wright. You can find their website at https://www.podcaststhatdontsuck.com/ (https://www.podcaststhatdontsuck.com/). Interested in being a guest on the show?If you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/be-a-guest/ (Fill out this form )to let us know you're interested and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit. Resources:https://toggl.com/ (Toggl) https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1ZCrthu3GgqfWxhwoZSG07LduqlgKRrUfo5bjV_iILg8/copy (Bryan's crazy Google Sheet for workload tracking) https://fiverr.com (Fiverr) https://www.upwork.com/ (Upwork) https://toptieraudio.com/pes (Podcast Engineering School) (qualifying purchases benefit Bryan)
Appearing in this episode:Daniel Abendroth: https://rothmedia.audio (https://rothmedia.audio) | https://twitter.com/rothmedia_audio (@rothmedia_audio) Jennifer Longworth: https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com/ (https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com) https://twitter.com/KYPodcasting (| @KYPodcasting) Carrie Caulfield-Arick: https://yayapodcasting.com (https://yayapodcasting.com) | https://twitter.com/thekeldakitty (@thekeldakitty) Bryan Entzminger: https://toptieraudio.com (https://toptieraudio.com) | https://twitter.com/@toptieraudio (@toptieraudio)
Mentioned in this episode: Support Our Ukrainian PodCommunity Fighting for Ukraine Yuriy Matsarsky is a Ukrainian journalist turned civilian fighter against the Russian invasion of the democratic country of Ukraine. In this podcast, he brings daily updates from the front lines of the Ukrainian resistance. Listen in your favorite app: pod.link/1613573570
Please consider donating to Yuriy's Go Fund Me campaign, which...
As professional podcast editors, we are also business owners. That means that it's our job to not only support our clients but also to manage our business and to plan for the future. In this episode of the Podcast Editors Mastermind, we talked about both the current health crisis due to COVID-19, as well as a way you might be able to reduce expenses by taking advantage of an Appsumo deal. Coronavirus and podcast editorsIt's no secret that we're in the middle of a global health crisis. And, while we see funny memes like "Podcasters: practicing social distancing since 2004," the reality is that it's affecting us as editors. We discuss questions like: What you might want to share with the clients you work for. The importance of marketing appropriately during this season. The importance of having a plan to support your clients if you get sick. How a health crisis can affect editors who also have in-person studios.
In this episode, Tony Dec of https://podcastfellows.com (PodcastFellows.com) also chimed in with several insightful comments in the chat. Disclaimer We are podcast editors, not health or legal professionals. These are our opinions, shared for your consideration. Talk to your health or legal professional for specific guidance. Will Meetfox meet our needs?In addition to contingency planning, it's always a good idea to look for ways to control your expenses and many podcast editors find software and services to be some of the larger expenditures. Daniel recently took advantage of an https://rothmedia.audio/appsumo (Appsumo deal for Meetfox) (Daniel benefits from qualifying purchases) and Bryan wondered if it would be sufficient to replace his current combination of Book Like A Boss and Zoom.us, which is costing about $16 per month. Daniel was kind enough to give us a behind-the-scenes look into Meetfox and answer some questions that all of the Yetis had for him. The conversation is good, but https://www.facebook.com/daniel.abendroth.10/videos/691983603510/ (the screen-share is better). Interested in being a guest on the show?If you're a podcast editor, we'd love to see if you'd be a fit for a future episode. https://podcasteditorsmastermind.com/be-a-guest/ (Fill out this form )to let us know you're interested and we'll contact you to see if it's a good fit. Resources:https://www.sba.gov/funding-programs/disaster-assistance (SBA Disaster Funding) https://www.facebook.com/groups/podcasteditors/permalink/3134414229980636/ (Post in the Podcast Editors Club) https://www.facebook.com/libsyn/posts/3174718452541262?comment_id=3175372579142516 (Emily Prokop's public comment) https://okdork.com/recession-proof/ (Appsumo Recession Proff Business) http://yayapodcasting.com/the-covid-19-guide-to-podcasting/ (The COVID19 Guide for Podcasters) https://transom.org/2020/recording-during-the-coronavirus-pandemic/ (Tony Dec shared this) Tony Dec - https://podcastfellows.com/ (https://PodcastFellows.com) https://www.facebook.com/groups/justbusters/ (JustBusters Group) https://www.facebook.com/groups/podcasterslounge/ (Podcasters Lounge) https://rothmedia.audio/appsumo (Meetfox) http://podcasteditorsmastermind.com (Podcast Editors Mastermind)
Subscribe: http://subscribe.podcasteditorsmastermind.com (http://subscribe.podcasteditorsmastermind.com) Appearing in this episode:Daniel Abendroth: https://rothmedia.audio (https://rothmedia.audio) | https://twitter.com/rothmedia_audio (@rothmedia_audio) Jennifer Longworth: https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com/ (https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com) https://twitter.com/KYPodcasting (| @KYPodcasting) Carrie Caulfield-Arick: https://yayapodcasting.com (https://yayapodcasting.com) | https://twitter.com/thekeldakitty (@thekeldakitty) Bryan Entzminger: https://toptieraudio.com (https://toptieraudio.com) | https://twitter.com/@toptieraudio (@toptieraudio)
Mentioned in this episode: Support Our Ukrainian PodCommunity Fighting for Ukraine Yuriy Matsarsky is a...
This year at Podfest also saw the first-ever Podcast Editor’s Conference. While there were several amazing speakers, the one that stood out the most was from http://www.inglespodcast.com/ (Craig Wealand) called Ethics of Editing & Disfluencies. He talked about disfluencies and the ethics of editing podcasts. While this topic got everyone thinking, it brought to mind a specific question for Jennifer, “Should we, as podcast editors, remove profanity from our clients’ episodes?” Resources: Podfest: https://podfestexpo.com (https://podfestexpo.com) Podcast Editors Conference: https://podcasteditorsconference.com (https://podcasteditorsconference.com) Podcast Editors Club (Facebook): https://www.facebook.com/groups/podcasteditors/ (https://www.facebook.com/groups/podcasteditors/) Hindenburg Systems: https://hindenburg.com (https://hindenburg.com) Reaper: https://reaper.fm (https://reaper.fm) Descript: https://descript.com (https://descript.com) Hindenburg Users Group (Unofficial): https://hindyusers.com (https://hindyusers.com) https://www.facebook.com/groups/podcasteditors/ (https://www.facebook.com/groups/podcasteditors/)
Appearing in this episode: Daniel Abendroth: https://rothmedia.audio (https://rothmedia.audio) | https://twitter.com/rothmedia_audio (@rothmedia_audio) Jennifer Longworth: https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com/ (https://bourbonbarrelpodcasting.com) | https://twitter.com/KYPodcasting (@KYPodcasting) Carrie Caulfield Arick: https://yayapodcasting.com (https://yayapodcasting.com) | https://www.instagram.com/carriearick/ (@carriearick) Bryan Entzminger: https://toptieraudio.com (https://toptieraudio.com) | https://twitter.com/@toptieraudio (@toptieraudio)
Jennifer & Carrie’s Microphones provided by Mathew Passy of https://www.thepodcastconsultant.com/ (The Podcast Consultant )(thanks!) Mentioned in this episode: Support Our Ukrainian PodCommunity Fighting for Ukraine Yuriy Matsarsky is a Ukrainian journalist turned civilian fighter against the Russian invasion of the democratic country of Ukraine. In this podcast, he brings daily updates from the front lines of the Ukrainian resistance. Listen in your favorite app: pod.link/1613573570
Please consider donating to Yuriy's Go Fund Me campaign, which helps him support his now refugee family. It'll help Yuriy rest a little easier during this waking nightmare. Every $5 makes a true difference: https://gofund.me/6bef49ba https://podcast-editors-mastermind.captivate.fm/ffu (Fighting for Ukraine)